Merge remote-tracking branch 'upstream/master' into fix_repeatcmdline

1 files changed, 12811 insertions, 452 deletions

diff --git a/src/nvim/eval.lua b/src/nvim/eval.lua
index c17a44b990..55f4721c3a 100644
--- a/src/nvim/eval.lua
+++ b/src/nvim/eval.lua
@@ -2,462 +2,12821 @@
 --
 -- Keys:
 --
--- args  Number of arguments, list with maximum and minimum number of arguments
---       or list with a minimum number of arguments only. Defaults to zero
---       arguments.
--- base  For methods: the argument to use as the base argument (1-indexed):
---       base->method()
---       Defaults to BASE_NONE (function cannot be used as a method).
--- func  Name of the C function which implements the VimL function. Defaults to
---       `f_{funcname}`.
--- fast  Function can run in |api-fast| events. Defaults to false.
-
-local varargs = function(nr)
-  return {nr}
-end
+--- @class vim.EvalFn
+--- @field name? string
+--- @field args? integer|integer[] Number of arguments, list with maximum and minimum number of arguments
+---       or list with a minimum number of arguments only. Defaults to zero
+---       arguments.
+--- @field base? integer For methods: the argument to use as the base argument (1-indexed):
+---       base->method()
+---       Defaults to BASE_NONE (function cannot be used as a method).
+--- @field func? string Name of the C function which implements the Vimscript function. Defaults to
+---       `f_{funcname}`.
+--- @field float_func? string
+--- @field fast? boolean Function can run in |api-fast| events. Defaults to false.
+--- @field deprecated? true
+--- @field returns? string|false
+--- @field returns_desc? string
+--- @field signature string
+--- @field desc? string
+--- @field params {[1]:string, [2]:string, [3]:string}[]
+--- @field lua? false Do not render type information
+--- @field tags? string[] Extra tags
+--- @field data? string Used by gen_eval.lua
 
 -- Usable with the base key: use the last function argument as the method base.
 -- Value is from funcs.h file. "BASE_" prefix is omitted.
 -- local LAST = "BASE_LAST" (currently unused after port of v8.2.1168)
 
-return {
-  funcs={
-    abs={args=1, base=1},
-    acos={args=1, base=1, float_func="acos"},  -- WJMc
-    add={args=2, base=1},
-    ['and']={args=2, base=1},
-    api_info={},
-    append={args=2, base=2},
-    appendbufline={args=3, base=3},
-    argc={args={0, 1}},
-    argidx={},
-    arglistid={args={0, 2}},
-    argv={args={0, 2}},
-    asin={args=1, base=1, float_func="asin"},  -- WJMc
-    assert_beeps={args=1, base=1},
-    assert_equal={args={2, 3}, base=2},
-    assert_equalfile={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    assert_exception={args={1, 2}},
-    assert_fails={args={1, 5}, base=1},
-    assert_false={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    assert_inrange={args={3, 4}, base=3},
-    assert_match={args={2, 3}, base=2},
-    assert_nobeep={args=1, base=1},
-    assert_notequal={args={2, 3}, base=2},
-    assert_notmatch={args={2, 3}, base=2},
-    assert_report={args=1, base=1},
-    assert_true={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    atan={args=1, base=1, float_func="atan"},
-    atan2={args=2, base=1},
-    browse={args=4},
-    browsedir={args=2},
-    bufadd={args=1, base=1},
-    bufexists={args=1, base=1},
-    buffer_exists={args=1, base=1, func='f_bufexists'},  -- obsolete
-    buffer_name={args={0, 1}, base=1, func='f_bufname'},  -- obsolete
-    buffer_number={args={0, 1}, base=1, func='f_bufnr'},  -- obsolete
-    buflisted={args=1, base=1},
-    bufload={args=1, base=1},
-    bufloaded={args=1, base=1},
-    bufname={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    bufnr={args={0, 2}, base=1},
-    bufwinid={args=1, base=1},
-    bufwinnr={args=1, base=1},
-    byte2line={args=1, base=1},
-    byteidx={args=2, base=1},
-    byteidxcomp={args=2, base=1},
-    call={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    ceil={args=1, base=1, float_func="ceil"},
-    changenr={},
-    chanclose={args={1, 2}},
-    chansend={args=2},
-    char2nr={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    charclass={args=1, base=1},
-    charcol={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    charidx={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    chdir={args=1, base=1},
-    cindent={args=1, base=1},
-    clearmatches={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    col={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    complete={args=2, base=2},
-    complete_add={args=1, base=1},
-    complete_check={},
-    complete_info={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    confirm={args={1, 4}, base=1},
-    copy={args=1, base=1},
-    cos={args=1, base=1, float_func="cos"},
-    cosh={args=1, base=1, float_func="cosh"},
-    count={args={2, 4}, base=1},
-    ctxget={args={0, 1}},
-    ctxpop={},
-    ctxpush={args={0, 1}},
-    ctxset={args={1, 2}},
-    ctxsize={},
-    cursor={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    debugbreak={args={1, 1}, base=1},
-    deepcopy={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    delete={args={1,2}, base=1},
-    deletebufline={args={2,3}, base=1},
-    dictwatcheradd={args=3},
-    dictwatcherdel={args=3},
-    did_filetype={},
-    diff_filler={args=1, base=1},
-    diff_hlID={args=2, base=1},
-    digraph_get={args=1, base=1},
-    digraph_getlist={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    digraph_set={args=2, base=1},
-    digraph_setlist={args=1, base=1},
-    empty={args=1, base=1},
-    environ={},
-    escape={args=2, base=1},
-    eval={args=1, base=1},
-    eventhandler={},
-    executable={args=1, base=1},
-    execute={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    exepath={args=1, base=1},
-    exists={args=1, base=1},
-    exp={args=1, base=1, float_func="exp"},
-    expand={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    expandcmd={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    extend={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    feedkeys={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    file_readable={args=1, base=1, func='f_filereadable'},  -- obsolete
-    filereadable={args=1, base=1},
-    filewritable={args=1, base=1},
-    filter={args=2, base=1},
-    finddir={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    findfile={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    flatten={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    float2nr={args=1, base=1},
-    floor={args=1, base=1, float_func="floor"},
-    fmod={args=2, base=1},
-    fnameescape={args=1, base=1},
-    fnamemodify={args=2, base=1},
-    foldclosed={args=1, base=1},
-    foldclosedend={args=1, base=1},
-    foldlevel={args=1, base=1},
-    foldtext={},
-    foldtextresult={args=1, base=1},
-    foreground={},
-    fullcommand={args=1, base=1},
-    funcref={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    ['function']={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    garbagecollect={args={0, 1}},
-    get={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    getbufinfo={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    getbufline={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    getbufoneline={args=2, base=1},
-    getbufvar={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    getcellwidths={},
-    getchangelist={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    getchar={args={0, 1}},
-    getcharmod={},
-    getcharpos={args=1, base=1},
-    getcharsearch={},
-    getcharstr={args={0, 1}},
-    getcmdcompltype={},
-    getcmdline={},
-    getcmdpos={},
-    getcmdscreenpos={},
-    getcmdtype={},
-    getcmdwintype={},
-    getcompletion={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    getcurpos={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    getcursorcharpos={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    getcwd={args={0, 2}, base=1},
-    getenv={args=1, base=1},
-    getfontname={args={0, 1}},
-    getfperm={args=1, base=1},
-    getfsize={args=1, base=1},
-    getftime={args=1, base=1},
-    getftype={args=1, base=1},
-    getjumplist={args={0, 2}, base=1},
-    getline={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    getloclist={args={1, 2}},
-    getmarklist={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    getmatches={args={0, 1}},
-    getmousepos={},
-    getpid={},
-    getpos={args=1, base=1},
-    getqflist={args={0, 1}},
-    getreg={args={0, 3}, base=1},
-    getreginfo={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    getregtype={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    gettabinfo={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    gettabvar={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    gettabwinvar={args={3, 4}, base=1},
-    gettagstack={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    gettext={args=1, base=1},
-    getwininfo={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    getwinpos={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    getwinposx={},
-    getwinposy={},
-    getwinvar={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    glob={args={1, 4}, base=1},
-    glob2regpat={args=1, base=1},
-    globpath={args={2, 5}, base=2},
-    has={args=1},
-    has_key={args=2, base=1},
-    haslocaldir={args={0, 2}, base=1},
-    hasmapto={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    highlightID={args=1, base=1, func='f_hlID'},  -- obsolete
-    highlight_exists={args=1, base=1, func='f_hlexists'},  -- obsolete
-    histadd={args=2, base=2},
-    histdel={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    histget={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    histnr={args=1, base=1},
-    hlID={args=1, base=1},
-    hlexists={args=1, base=1},
-    hostname={},
-    iconv={args=3, base=1, fast=true},
-    indent={args=1, base=1},
-    index={args={2, 4}, base=1},
-    input={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    inputdialog={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    inputlist={args=1, base=1},
-    inputrestore={},
-    inputsave={},
-    inputsecret={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    insert={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    interrupt={args=0},
-    invert={args=1, base=1},
-    isdirectory={args=1, base=1},
-    isinf={args=1, base=1},
-    islocked={args=1, base=1},
-    isnan={args=1, base=1},
-    id={args=1},
-    items={args=1, base=1},
-    jobclose={args={1, 2}, func="f_chanclose"},
-    jobpid={args=1},
-    jobresize={args=3},
-    jobsend={args=2, func="f_chansend"},
-    jobstart={args={1, 2}},
-    jobstop={args=1},
-    jobwait={args={1, 2}},
-    join={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    json_decode={args=1, base=1},
-    json_encode={args=1, base=1},
-    keys={args=1, base=1},
-    keytrans={args=1, base=1},
-    last_buffer_nr={},  -- obsolete
-    len={args=1, base=1},
-    libcall={args=3, base=3},
-    libcallnr={args=3, base=3},
-    line={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    line2byte={args=1, base=1},
-    lispindent={args=1, base=1},
-    list2str={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    localtime={},
-    log={args=1, base=1, float_func="log"},
-    log10={args=1, base=1, float_func="log10"},
-    luaeval={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    map={args=2, base=1},
-    maparg={args={1, 4}, base=1},
-    mapcheck={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    mapset={args=3, base=1},
-    match={args={2, 4}, base=1},
-    matchadd={args={2, 5}, base=1},
-    matchaddpos={args={2, 5}, base=1},
-    matcharg={args=1, base=1},
-    matchdelete={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    matchend={args={2, 4}, base=1},
-    matchfuzzy={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    matchfuzzypos={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    matchlist={args={2, 4}, base=1},
-    matchstr={args={2, 4}, base=1},
-    matchstrpos={args={2,4}, base=1},
-    max={args=1, base=1},
-    menu_get={args={1, 2}},
-    menu_info={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    min={args=1, base=1},
-    mkdir={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    mode={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    msgpackdump={args={1, 2}},
-    msgpackparse={args=1},
-    nextnonblank={args=1, base=1},
-    nr2char={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    ['or']={args=2, base=1},
-    pathshorten={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    pow={args=2, base=1},
-    prevnonblank={args=1, base=1},
-    printf={args=varargs(1), base=2},
-    prompt_getprompt={args=1, base=1},
-    prompt_setcallback={args={2, 2}, base=1},
-    prompt_setinterrupt={args={2, 2}, base=1},
-    prompt_setprompt={args={2, 2}, base=1},
-    pum_getpos={},
-    pumvisible={},
-    py3eval={args=1, base=1},
-    pyeval={args=1, base=1, func="f_py3eval"},
-    pyxeval={args=1, base=1, func="f_py3eval"},
-    perleval={args=1, base=1},
-    rand={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    range={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    readblob={args=1, base=1},
-    readdir={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    readfile={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    reduce={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    reg_executing={},
-    reg_recording={},
-    reg_recorded={},
-    reltime={args={0, 2}, base=1},
-    reltimefloat={args=1, base=1},
-    reltimestr={args=1, base=1},
-    remove={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    rename={args=2, base=1},
-    ['repeat']={args=2, base=1},
-    resolve={args=1, base=1},
-    reverse={args=1, base=1},
-    round={args=1, base=1, float_func="round"},
-    rpcnotify={args=varargs(2)},
-    rpcrequest={args=varargs(2)},
-    rpcstart={args={1, 2}},
-    rpcstop={args=1},
-    rubyeval={args=1, base=1},
-    screenattr={args=2, base=1},
-    screenchar={args=2, base=1},
-    screenchars={args=2, base=1},
-    screencol={},
-    screenpos={args=3, base=1},
-    screenrow={},
-    screenstring={args=2, base=1},
-    search={args={1, 5}, base=1},
-    searchcount={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    searchdecl={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    searchpair={args={3, 7}},
-    searchpairpos={args={3, 7}},
-    searchpos={args={1, 5}, base=1},
-    serverlist={},
-    serverstart={args={0, 1}},
-    serverstop={args=1},
-    setbufline={args=3, base=3},
-    setbufvar={args=3, base=3},
-    setcellwidths={args=1, base=1},
-    setcharpos={args=2, base=2},
-    setcharsearch={args=1, base=1},
-    setcmdpos={args=1, base=1},
-    setcmdline={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    setcursorcharpos={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    setenv={args=2, base=2},
-    setfperm={args=2, base=1},
-    setline={args=2, base=2},
-    setloclist={args={2, 4}, base=2},
-    setmatches={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    setpos={args=2, base=2},
-    setqflist={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    setreg={args={2, 3}, base=2},
-    settabvar={args=3, base=3},
-    settabwinvar={args=4, base=4},
-    settagstack={args={2, 3}, base=2},
-    setwinvar={args=3, base=3},
-    sha256={args=1, base=1},
-    shellescape={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    shiftwidth={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    sign_define={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    sign_getdefined={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    sign_getplaced={args={0, 2}, base=1},
-    sign_jump={args=3, base=1},
-    sign_place={args={4, 5}, base=1},
-    sign_placelist={args=1, base=1},
-    sign_undefine={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    sign_unplace={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    sign_unplacelist={args=1, base=1},
-    simplify={args=1, base=1},
-    sin={args=1, base=1, float_func="sin"},
-    sinh={args=1, base=1, float_func="sinh"},
-    sockconnect={args={2,3}},
-    sort={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    soundfold={args=1, base=1},
-    stdioopen={args=1},
-    spellbadword={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    spellsuggest={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    split={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    sqrt={args=1, base=1, float_func="sqrt"},
-    srand={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    stdpath={args=1},
-    str2float={args=1, base=1},
-    str2list={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    str2nr={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    strcharlen={args=1, base=1},
-    strcharpart={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    strchars={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    strdisplaywidth={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    strftime={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    strgetchar={args=2, base=1},
-    stridx={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    string={args=1, base=1},
-    strlen={args=1, base=1},
-    strpart={args={2, 4}, base=1},
-    strptime={args=2, base=1},
-    strridx={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    strtrans={args=1, base=1},
-    strwidth={args=1, base=1},
-    submatch={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    substitute={args=4, base=1},
-    swapinfo={args=1, base=1},
-    swapname={args=1, base=1},
-    synID={args=3},
-    synIDattr={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    synIDtrans={args=1, base=1},
-    synconcealed={args=2},
-    synstack={args=2},
-    system={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    systemlist={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    tabpagebuflist={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    tabpagenr={args={0, 1}},
-    tabpagewinnr={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    tagfiles={},
-    taglist={args={1, 2}, base=1},
-    tan={args=1, base=1, float_func="tan"},
-    tanh={args=1, base=1, float_func="tanh"},
-    tempname={},
-    termopen={args={1, 2}},
-    test_garbagecollect_now={},
-    test_write_list_log={args=1},
-    timer_info={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    timer_pause={args=2, base=1},
-    timer_start={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    timer_stop={args=1, base=1},
-    timer_stopall={args=0},
-    tolower={args=1, base=1},
-    toupper={args=1, base=1},
-    tr={args=3, base=1},
-    trim={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    trunc={args=1, base=1, float_func="trunc"},
-    type={args=1, base=1},
-    undofile={args=1, base=1},
-    undotree={},
-    uniq={args={1, 3}, base=1},
-    values={args=1, base=1},
-    virtcol={args=1, base=1},
-    virtcol2col={args=3, base=1},
-    visualmode={args={0, 1}},
-    wait={args={2,3}},
-    wildmenumode={},
-    win_execute={args={2, 3}, base=2},
-    win_findbuf={args=1, base=1},
-    win_getid={args={0, 2}, base=1},
-    win_gettype={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    win_gotoid={args=1, base=1},
-    win_id2tabwin={args=1, base=1},
-    win_id2win={args=1, base=1},
-    win_move_separator={args=2, base=1},
-    win_move_statusline={args=2, base=1},
-    win_screenpos={args=1, base=1},
-    win_splitmove={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    winbufnr={args=1, base=1},
-    wincol={},
-    windowsversion={},
-    winheight={args=1, base=1},
-    winlayout={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    winline={},
-    winnr={args={0, 1}, base=1},
-    winrestcmd={},
-    winrestview={args=1, base=1},
-    winsaveview={},
-    winwidth={args=1, base=1},
-    wordcount={},
-    writefile={args={2, 3}, base=1},
-    xor={args=2, base=1},
+local M = {}
+
+local VARARGS = { { '...', 'any' } }
+
+--- @type table<string,vim.EvalFn>
+M.funcs = {
+  abs = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the absolute value of {expr}.  When {expr} evaluates to
+      a |Float| abs() returns a |Float|.  When {expr} can be
+      converted to a |Number| abs() returns a |Number|.  Otherwise
+      abs() gives an error message and returns -1.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo abs(1.456)
+      <	1.456  >vim
+      	echo abs(-5.456)
+      <	5.456  >vim
+      	echo abs(-4)
+      <	4
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'abs',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'abs({expr})',
+    returns = 'number',
+  },
+  acos = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the arc cosine of {expr} measured in radians, as a
+      |Float| in the range of [0, pi].
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number| in the range
+      [-1, 1].
+      Returns NaN if {expr} is outside the range [-1, 1].  Returns
+      0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo acos(0)
+      <	1.570796 >vim
+      	echo acos(-0.5)
+      <	2.094395
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'acos',
+    name = 'acos',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'number',
+    signature = 'acos({expr})',
+  },
+  add = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Append the item {expr} to |List| or |Blob| {object}.  Returns
+      the resulting |List| or |Blob|.  Examples: >vim
+      	let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item)
+      	call add(mylist, "woodstock")
+      <Note that when {expr} is a |List| it is appended as a single
+      item.  Use |extend()| to concatenate |Lists|.
+      When {object} is a |Blob| then {expr} must be a number.
+      Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
+      Returns 1 if {object} is not a |List| or a |Blob|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'add',
+    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'any',
+    signature = 'add({object}, {expr})',
+  },
+  ['and'] = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Bitwise AND on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
+      to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
+      Also see `or()` and `xor()`.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let flag = and(bits, 0x80)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'and',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'and({expr}, {expr})',
+  },
+  api_info = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns Dictionary of |api-metadata|.
+
+      View it in a nice human-readable format: >vim
+             lua vim.print(vim.fn.api_info())
+      <
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'api_info',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'table',
+    signature = 'api_info()',
+  },
+  append = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      When {text} is a |List|: Append each item of the |List| as a
+      text line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
+      Otherwise append {text} as one text line below line {lnum} in
+      the current buffer.
+      Any type of item is accepted and converted to a String.
+      {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
+      Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
+      0 for success.  When {text} is an empty list zero is returned,
+      no matter the value of {lnum}.  Example: >vim
+      	let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
+      	let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
+      <
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'append',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'text', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'append({lnum}, {text})',
+  },
+  appendbufline = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |append()| but append the text in buffer {expr}.
+
+      This function works only for loaded buffers. First call
+      |bufload()| if needed.
+
+      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()|.
+
+      {lnum} is the line number to append below.  Note that using
+      |line()| would use the current buffer, not the one appending
+      to.  Use "$" to append at the end of the buffer.  Other string
+      values are not supported.
+
+      On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned.
+
+      If {buf} is not a valid buffer or {lnum} is not valid, an
+      error message is given. Example: >vim
+      	let failed = appendbufline(13, 0, "# THE START")
+      <However, when {text} is an empty list then no error is given
+      for an invalid {lnum}, since {lnum} isn't actually used.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'appendbufline',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'text', 'string' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'appendbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})',
+  },
+  argc = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is the number of files in the argument list.  See
+      |arglist|.
+      If {winid} is not supplied, the argument list of the current
+      window is used.
+      If {winid} is -1, the global argument list is used.
+      Otherwise {winid} specifies the window of which the argument
+      list is used: either the window number or the window ID.
+      Returns -1 if the {winid} argument is invalid.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'argc',
+    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'argc([{winid}])',
+  },
+  argidx = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is the current index in the argument list.  0 is
+      the first file.  argc() - 1 is the last one.  See |arglist|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'argidx',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'argidx()',
+  },
+  arglistid = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the argument list ID.  This is a number which
+      identifies the argument list being used.  Zero is used for the
+      global argument list.  See |arglist|.
+      Returns -1 if the arguments are invalid.
+
+      Without arguments use the current window.
+      With {winnr} only use this window in the current tab page.
+      With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in the specified tab
+      page.
+      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'arglistid',
+    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'arglistid([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])',
+  },
+  argv = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list.  See
+      |arglist|.  "argv(0)" is the first one.  Example: >vim
+      	let i = 0
+      	while i < argc()
+      	  let f = escape(fnameescape(argv(i)), '.')
+      	  exe 'amenu Arg.' .. f .. ' :e ' .. f .. '<CR>'
+      	  let i = i + 1
+      	endwhile
+      <Without the {nr} argument, or when {nr} is -1, a |List| with
+      the whole |arglist| is returned.
+
+      The {winid} argument specifies the window ID, see |argc()|.
+      For the Vim command line arguments see |v:argv|.
+
+      Returns an empty string if {nr}th argument is not present in
+      the argument list.  Returns an empty List if the {winid}
+      argument is invalid.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'argv',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'string|string[]',
+    signature = 'argv([{nr} [, {winid}]])',
+  },
+  asin = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the arc sine of {expr} measured in radians, as a |Float|
+      in the range of [-pi/2, pi/2].
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number| in the range
+      [-1, 1].
+      Returns NaN if {expr} is outside the range [-1, 1].  Returns
+      0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo asin(0.8)
+      <	0.927295 >vim
+      	echo asin(-0.5)
+      <	-0.523599
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'asin',
+    name = 'asin',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'number',
+    signature = 'asin({expr})',
+  },
+  assert_beeps = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
+      NOT produce a beep or visual bell.
+      Also see |assert_fails()|, |assert_nobeep()| and
+      |assert-return|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_beeps',
+    params = { { 'cmd', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_beeps({cmd})',
+  },
+  assert_equal = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      When {expected} and {actual} are not equal an error message is
+      added to |v:errors| and 1 is returned.  Otherwise zero is
+      returned. |assert-return|
+      The error is in the form "Expected {expected} but got
+      {actual}".  When {msg} is present it is prefixed to that.
+
+      There is no automatic conversion, the String "4" is different
+      from the Number 4.  And the number 4 is different from the
+      Float 4.0.  The value of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case
+      always matters.
+      Example: >vim
+      	assert_equal('foo', 'bar')
+      <Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+      	test.vim line 12: Expected 'foo' but got 'bar' ~
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_equal',
+    params = { { 'expected', 'any' }, { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
+  },
+  assert_equalfile = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      When the files {fname-one} and {fname-two} do not contain
+      exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
+      Also see |assert-return|.
+      When {fname-one} or {fname-two} does not exist the error will
+      mention that.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_equalfile',
+    params = {},
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})',
+  },
+  assert_exception = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
+      message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+      This can be used to assert that a command throws an exception.
+      Using the error number, followed by a colon, avoids problems
+      with translations: >vim
+      	try
+      	  commandthatfails
+      	  call assert_false(1, 'command should have failed')
+      	catch
+      	  call assert_exception('E492:')
+      	endtry
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_exception',
+    params = { { 'error', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])',
+  },
+  assert_fails = {
+    args = { 1, 5 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
+      NOT produce an error or when {error} is not found in the
+      error message.  Also see |assert-return|.
+
+      When {error} is a string it must be found literally in the
+      first reported error. Most often this will be the error code,
+      including the colon, e.g. "E123:". >vim
+      	assert_fails('bad cmd', 'E987:')
+      <
+      When {error} is a |List| with one or two strings, these are
+      used as patterns.  The first pattern is matched against the
+      first reported error: >vim
+      	assert_fails('cmd', ['E987:.*expected bool'])
+      <The second pattern, if present, is matched against the last
+      reported error.  To only match the last error use an empty
+      string for the first error: >vim
+      	assert_fails('cmd', ['', 'E987:'])
+      <
+      If {msg} is empty then it is not used.  Do this to get the
+      default message when passing the {lnum} argument.
+
+      When {lnum} is present and not negative, and the {error}
+      argument is present and matches, then this is compared with
+      the line number at which the error was reported. That can be
+      the line number in a function or in a script.
+
+      When {context} is present it is used as a pattern and matched
+      against the context (script name or function name) where
+      {lnum} is located in.
+
+      Note that beeping is not considered an error, and some failing
+      commands only beep.  Use |assert_beeps()| for those.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_fails',
+    params = {
+      { 'cmd', 'any' },
+      { 'error', 'any' },
+      { 'msg', 'any' },
+      { 'lnum', 'integer' },
+      { 'context', 'any' },
+    },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])',
+  },
+  assert_false = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
+      |v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
+      The error is in the form "Expected False but got {actual}".
+      When {msg} is present it is prepended to that.
+      Also see |assert-return|.
+
+      A value is false when it is zero. When {actual} is not a
+      number the assert fails.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_false',
+    params = { { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])',
+  },
+  assert_inrange = {
+    args = { 3, 4 },
+    base = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      This asserts number and |Float| values.  When {actual}  is lower
+      than {lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added
+      to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+      The error is in the form "Expected range {lower} - {upper},
+      but got {actual}".  When {msg} is present it is prefixed to
+      that.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_inrange',
+    params = { { 'lower', 'any' }, { 'upper', 'any' }, { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
+  },
+  assert_match = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      When {pattern} does not match {actual} an error message is
+      added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+      The error is in the form "Pattern {pattern} does not match
+      {actual}".  When {msg} is present it is prefixed to that.
+
+      {pattern} is used as with |expr-=~|: The matching is always done
+      like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no matter what
+      the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is.
+
+      {actual} is used as a string, automatic conversion applies.
+      Use "^" and "$" to match with the start and end of the text.
+      Use both to match the whole text.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	assert_match('^f.*o$', 'foobar')
+      <Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+      	test.vim line 12: Pattern '^f.*o$' does not match 'foobar' ~
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_match',
+    params = { { 'pattern', 'any' }, { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
+  },
+  assert_nobeep = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it
+      produces a beep or visual bell.
+      Also see |assert_beeps()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_nobeep',
+    params = { { 'cmd', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_nobeep({cmd})',
+  },
+  assert_notequal = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      The opposite of `assert_equal()`: add an error message to
+      |v:errors| when {expected} and {actual} are equal.
+      Also see |assert-return|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_notequal',
+    params = { { 'expected', 'any' }, { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_notequal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
+  },
+  assert_notmatch = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      The opposite of `assert_match()`: add an error message to
+      |v:errors| when {pattern} matches {actual}.
+      Also see |assert-return|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_notmatch',
+    params = { { 'pattern', 'any' }, { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])',
+  },
+  assert_report = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Report a test failure directly, using String {msg}.
+      Always returns one.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_report',
+    params = { { 'msg', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_report({msg})',
+  },
+  assert_true = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
+      |v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
+      Also see |assert-return|.
+      A value is |TRUE| when it is a non-zero number or |v:true|.
+      When {actual} is not a number or |v:true| the assert fails.
+      When {msg} is given it precedes the default message.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'assert_true',
+    params = { { 'actual', 'any' }, { 'msg', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])',
+  },
+  atan = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the principal value of the arc tangent of {expr}, in
+      the range [-pi/2, +pi/2] radians, as a |Float|.
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo atan(100)
+      <	1.560797 >vim
+      	echo atan(-4.01)
+      <	-1.326405
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'atan',
+    name = 'atan',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'number',
+    signature = 'atan({expr})',
+  },
+  atan2 = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the arc tangent of {expr1} / {expr2}, measured in
+      radians, as a |Float| in the range [-pi, pi].
+      {expr1} and {expr2} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr1} or {expr2} is not a |Float| or a
+      |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo atan2(-1, 1)
+      <	-0.785398 >vim
+      	echo atan2(1, -1)
+      <	2.356194
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'atan2',
+    params = { { 'expr1', 'any' }, { 'expr2', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'number',
+    signature = 'atan2({expr1}, {expr2})',
+  },
+  blob2list = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a List containing the number value of each byte in Blob
+      {blob}.  Examples: >vim
+      	blob2list(0z0102.0304)	" returns [1, 2, 3, 4]
+      	blob2list(0z)		" returns []
+      <Returns an empty List on error.  |list2blob()| does the
+      opposite.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'blob2list',
+    params = { { 'blob', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'any[]',
+    signature = 'blob2list({blob})',
+  },
+  browse = {
+    args = 4,
+    desc = [=[
+      Put up a file requester.  This only works when "has("browse")"
+      returns |TRUE| (only in some GUI versions).
+      The input fields are:
+          {save}	when |TRUE|, select file to write
+          {title}	title for the requester
+          {initdir}	directory to start browsing in
+          {default}	default file name
+      An empty string is returned when the "Cancel" button is hit,
+      something went wrong, or browsing is not possible.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'browse',
+    params = { { 'save', 'any' }, { 'title', 'any' }, { 'initdir', 'any' }, { 'default', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})',
+  },
+  browsedir = {
+    args = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Put up a directory requester.  This only works when
+      "has("browse")" returns |TRUE| (only in some GUI versions).
+      On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
+      browser is used.  In that case: select a file in the directory
+      to be used.
+      The input fields are:
+          {title}	title for the requester
+          {initdir}	directory to start browsing in
+      When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
+      browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'browsedir',
+    params = { { 'title', 'any' }, { 'initdir', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'browsedir({title}, {initdir})',
+  },
+  bufadd = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Add a buffer to the buffer list with name {name} (must be a
+      String).
+      If a buffer for file {name} already exists, return that buffer
+      number.  Otherwise return the buffer number of the newly
+      created buffer.  When {name} is an empty string then a new
+      buffer is always created.
+      The buffer will not have 'buflisted' set and not be loaded
+      yet.  To add some text to the buffer use this: >vim
+      	let bufnr = bufadd('someName')
+      	call bufload(bufnr)
+      	call setbufline(bufnr, 1, ['some', 'text'])
+      <Returns 0 on error.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'bufadd',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'bufadd({name})',
+  },
+  bufexists = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if a buffer called
+      {buf} exists.
+      If the {buf} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
+      Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
+
+      If the {buf} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
+      exactly.  The name can be:
+      - Relative to the current directory.
+      - A full path.
+      - The name of a buffer with 'buftype' set to "nofile".
+      - A URL name.
+      Unlisted buffers will be found.
+      Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
+      output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
+      long name to be able to find them.
+      bufexists() may report a buffer exists, but to use the name
+      with a |:buffer| command you may need to use |expand()|.  Esp
+      for MS-Windows 8.3 names in the form "c:\DOCUME~1"
+      Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
+      file name.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'bufexists',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'bufexists({buf})',
+  },
+  buffer_exists = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Obsolete name for |bufexists()|.
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_bufexists',
+    name = 'buffer_exists',
+    params = VARARGS,
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'buffer_exists({buf})',
+  },
+  buffer_name = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Obsolete name for |bufname()|.
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_bufname',
+    name = 'buffer_name',
+    params = VARARGS,
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'buffer_name([{buf}])',
+  },
+  buffer_number = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Obsolete name for |bufnr()|.
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_bufnr',
+    name = 'buffer_number',
+    params = VARARGS,
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'buffer_number([{buf} [, {create}]])',
+  },
+  buflisted = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if a buffer called
+      {buf} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set).
+      The {buf} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'buflisted',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'buflisted({buf})',
+  },
+  bufload = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Ensure the buffer {buf} is loaded.  When the buffer name
+      refers to an existing file then the file is read.  Otherwise
+      the buffer will be empty.  If the buffer was already loaded
+      then there is no change.  If the buffer is not related to a
+      file then no file is read (e.g., when 'buftype' is "nofile").
+      If there is an existing swap file for the file of the buffer,
+      there will be no dialog, the buffer will be loaded anyway.
+      The {buf} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'bufload',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
+    returns = false,
+    signature = 'bufload({buf})',
+  },
+  bufloaded = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if a buffer called
+      {buf} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden).
+      The {buf} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'bufloaded',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'bufloaded({buf})',
+  },
+  bufname = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is the name of a buffer.  Mostly as it is displayed
+      by the `:ls` command, but not using special names such as
+      "[No Name]".
+      If {buf} is omitted the current buffer is used.
+      If {buf} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
+      Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
+      If {buf} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
+      with the buffer names.  This is always done like 'magic' is
+      set and 'cpoptions' is empty.  When there is more than one
+      match an empty string is returned.
+      "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
+      alternate buffer.
+      A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
+      or middle of the buffer name is accepted.  If you only want a
+      full match then put "^" at the start and "$" at the end of the
+      pattern.
+      Listed buffers are found first.  If there is a single match
+      with a listed buffer, that one is returned.  Next unlisted
+      buffers are searched for.
+      If the {buf} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
+      number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >vim
+      	echo bufname("3" + 0)
+      <If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
+      string is returned. >vim
+      	echo bufname("#")	" alternate buffer name
+      	echo bufname(3)		" name of buffer 3
+      	echo bufname("%")	" name of current buffer
+      	echo bufname("file2")	" name of buffer where "file2" matches.
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'bufname',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'bufname([{buf}])',
+  },
+  bufnr = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
+      the `:ls` command.  For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()|
+      above.
+      If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.  Or, if the
+      {create} argument is present and TRUE, a new, unlisted,
+      buffer is created and its number is returned.
+      bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >vim
+      	let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
+      <The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
+      of existing buffers.  Note that not all buffers with a smaller
+      number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
+      them.  Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'bufnr',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'create', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'bufnr([{buf} [, {create}]])',
+  },
+  bufwinid = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the |window-ID| of the first
+      window associated with buffer {buf}.  For the use of {buf},
+      see |bufname()| above.  If buffer {buf} doesn't exist or
+      there is no such window, -1 is returned.  Example: >vim
+
+      	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinid(1))
+      <
+      Only deals with the current tab page.  See |win_findbuf()| for
+      finding more.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'bufwinid',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'bufwinid({buf})',
+  },
+  bufwinnr = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |bufwinid()| but return the window number instead of the
+      |window-ID|.
+      If buffer {buf} doesn't exist or there is no such window, -1
+      is returned.  Example: >vim
+
+      	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinnr(1))
+
+      <The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
+      |:wincmd|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'bufwinnr',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'bufwinnr({buf})',
+  },
+  byte2line = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the line number that contains the character at byte
+      count {byte} in the current buffer.  This includes the
+      end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
+      for the current buffer.  The first character has byte count
+      one.
+      Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.
+
+      Returns -1 if the {byte} value is invalid.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'byte2line',
+    params = { { 'byte', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'byte2line({byte})',
+  },
+  byteidx = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return byte index of the {nr}th character in the String
+      {expr}.  Use zero for the first character, it then returns
+      zero.
+      If there are no multibyte characters the returned value is
+      equal to {nr}.
+      Composing characters are not counted separately, their byte
+      length is added to the preceding base character.  See
+      |byteidxcomp()| below for counting composing characters
+      separately.
+      When {utf16} is present and TRUE, {nr} is used as the UTF-16
+      index in the String {expr} instead of as the character index.
+      The UTF-16 index is the index in the string when it is encoded
+      with 16-bit words.  If the specified UTF-16 index is in the
+      middle of a character (e.g. in a 4-byte character), then the
+      byte index of the first byte in the character is returned.
+      Refer to |string-offset-encoding| for more information.
+      Example : >vim
+      	echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
+      <will display the fourth character.  Another way to do the
+      same: >vim
+      	let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
+      	echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
+      <Also see |strgetchar()| and |strcharpart()|.
+
+      If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
+      If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
+      in bytes is returned.
+      See |charidx()| and |utf16idx()| for getting the character and
+      UTF-16 index respectively from the byte index.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo byteidx('a😊😊', 2)	" returns 5
+      	echo byteidx('a😊😊', 2, 1)	" returns 1
+      	echo byteidx('a😊😊', 3, 1)	" returns 5
+      <
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'byteidx',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'utf16', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'byteidx({expr}, {nr} [, {utf16}])',
+  },
+  byteidxcomp = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like byteidx(), except that a composing character is counted
+      as a separate character.  Example: >vim
+      	let s = 'e' .. nr2char(0x301)
+      	echo byteidx(s, 1)
+      	echo byteidxcomp(s, 1)
+      	echo byteidxcomp(s, 2)
+      <The first and third echo result in 3 ('e' plus composing
+      character is 3 bytes), the second echo results in 1 ('e' is
+      one byte).
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'byteidxcomp',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'utf16', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'byteidxcomp({expr}, {nr} [, {utf16}])',
+  },
+  call = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Call function {func} with the items in |List| {arglist} as
+      arguments.
+      {func} can either be a |Funcref| or the name of a function.
+      a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line.
+      Returns the return value of the called function.
+      {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
+      used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'call',
+    params = { { 'func', 'any' }, { 'arglist', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'any',
+    signature = 'call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])',
+    tags = { 'E699' },
+  },
+  ceil = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the smallest integral value greater than or equal to
+      {expr} as a |Float| (round up).
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo ceil(1.456)
+      <	2.0  >vim
+      	echo ceil(-5.456)
+      <	-5.0  >vim
+      	echo ceil(4.0)
+      <	4.0
+
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'ceil',
+    name = 'ceil',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'number',
+    signature = 'ceil({expr})',
+  },
+  chanclose = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Close a channel or a specific stream associated with it.
+      For a job, {stream} can be one of "stdin", "stdout",
+      "stderr" or "rpc" (closes stdin/stdout for a job started
+      with `"rpc":v:true`) If {stream} is omitted, all streams
+      are closed. If the channel is a pty, this will then close the
+      pty master, sending SIGHUP to the job process.
+      For a socket, there is only one stream, and {stream} should be
+      omitted.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'chanclose',
+    params = { { 'id', 'any' }, { 'stream', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'chanclose({id} [, {stream}])',
+  },
+  changenr = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the number of the most recent change.  This is the same
+      number as what is displayed with |:undolist| and can be used
+      with the |:undo| command.
+      When a change was made it is the number of that change.  After
+      redo it is the number of the redone change.  After undo it is
+      one less than the number of the undone change.
+      Returns 0 if the undo list is empty.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'changenr',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'changenr()',
+  },
+  chansend = {
+    args = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Send data to channel {id}. For a job, it writes it to the
+      stdin of the process. For the stdio channel |channel-stdio|,
+      it writes to Nvim's stdout.  Returns the number of bytes
+      written if the write succeeded, 0 otherwise.
+      See |channel-bytes| for more information.
+
+      {data} may be a string, string convertible, |Blob|, or a list.
+      If {data} is a list, the items will be joined by newlines; any
+      newlines in an item will be sent as NUL. To send a final
+      newline, include a final empty string. Example: >vim
+      	call chansend(id, ["abc", "123\n456", ""])
+      <will send "abc<NL>123<NUL>456<NL>".
+
+      chansend() writes raw data, not RPC messages.  If the channel
+      was created with `"rpc":v:true` then the channel expects RPC
+      messages, use |rpcnotify()| and |rpcrequest()| instead.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'chansend',
+    params = { { 'id', 'any' }, { 'data', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'chansend({id}, {data})',
+  },
+  char2nr = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return Number value of the first char in {string}.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo char2nr(" ")	" returns 32
+      	echo char2nr("ABC")	" returns 65
+      	echo char2nr("á")	" returns 225
+      	echo char2nr("á"[0])	" returns 195
+      	echo char2nr("\<M-x>")	" returns 128
+      <Non-ASCII characters are always treated as UTF-8 characters.
+      {utf8} is ignored, it exists only for backwards-compatibility.
+      A combining character is a separate character.
+      |nr2char()| does the opposite.
+
+      Returns 0 if {string} is not a |String|.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'char2nr',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'utf8', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'char2nr({string} [, {utf8}])',
+  },
+  charclass = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the character class of the first character in {string}.
+      The character class is one of:
+      	0	blank
+      	1	punctuation
+      	2	word character
+      	3	emoji
+      	other	specific Unicode class
+      The class is used in patterns and word motions.
+      Returns 0 if {string} is not a |String|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'charclass',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    returns = "0|1|2|3|'other'",
+    signature = 'charclass({string})',
+  },
+  charcol = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |col()| but returns the character index of the column
+      position given with {expr} instead of the byte position.
+
+      Example:
+      With the cursor on '세' in line 5 with text "여보세요": >vim
+      	echo charcol('.')	" returns 3
+      	echo col('.')		" returns 7
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'charcol',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'charcol({expr} [, {winid}])',
+  },
+  charidx = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the character index of the byte at {idx} in {string}.
+      The index of the first character is zero.
+      If there are no multibyte characters the returned value is
+      equal to {idx}.
+
+      When {countcc} is omitted or |FALSE|, then composing characters
+      are not counted separately, their byte length is added to the
+      preceding base character.
+      When {countcc} is |TRUE|, then composing characters are
+      counted as separate characters.
+
+      When {utf16} is present and TRUE, {idx} is used as the UTF-16
+      index in the String {expr} instead of as the byte index.
+
+      Returns -1 if the arguments are invalid or if there are less
+      than {idx} bytes. If there are exactly {idx} bytes the length
+      of the string in characters is returned.
+
+      An error is given and -1 is returned if the first argument is
+      not a string, the second argument is not a number or when the
+      third argument is present and is not zero or one.
+
+      See |byteidx()| and |byteidxcomp()| for getting the byte index
+      from the character index and |utf16idx()| for getting the
+      UTF-16 index from the character index.
+      Refer to |string-offset-encoding| for more information.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo charidx('áb́ć', 3)		" returns 1
+      	echo charidx('áb́ć', 6, 1)	" returns 4
+      	echo charidx('áb́ć', 16)		" returns -1
+      	echo charidx('a😊😊', 4, 0, 1)	" returns 2
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'charidx',
+    params = {
+      { 'string', 'string' },
+      { 'idx', 'integer' },
+      { 'countcc', 'any' },
+      { 'utf16', 'any' },
+    },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'charidx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc} [, {utf16}]])',
+  },
+  chdir = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Change the current working directory to {dir}.  The scope of
+      the directory change depends on the directory of the current
+      window:
+      	- If the current window has a window-local directory
+      	  (|:lcd|), then changes the window local directory.
+      	- Otherwise, if the current tabpage has a local
+      	  directory (|:tcd|) then changes the tabpage local
+      	  directory.
+      	- Otherwise, changes the global directory.
+      {dir} must be a String.
+      If successful, returns the previous working directory.  Pass
+      this to another chdir() to restore the directory.
+      On failure, returns an empty string.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	let save_dir = chdir(newdir)
+      	if save_dir != ""
+      	   " ... do some work
+      	   call chdir(save_dir)
+      	endif
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'chdir',
+    params = { { 'dir', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'chdir({dir})',
+  },
+  cindent = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
+      indenting rules, as with 'cindent'.
+      The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
+      relevant.  {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
+      When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
+      See |C-indenting|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'cindent',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'cindent({lnum})',
+  },
+  clearmatches = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Clears all matches previously defined for the current window
+      by |matchadd()| and the |:match| commands.
+      If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
+      window ID instead of the current window.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'clearmatches',
+    params = { { 'win', 'any' } },
+    returns = false,
+    signature = 'clearmatches([{win}])',
+  },
+  col = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
+      position given with {expr}.  The accepted positions are:
+          .	    the cursor position
+          $	    the end of the cursor line (the result is the
+      	    number of bytes in the cursor line plus one)
+          'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
+      	    returned)
+          v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+      	    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+      	    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+      	    that it's updated right away.
+      Additionally {expr} can be [lnum, col]: a |List| with the line
+      and column number. Most useful when the column is "$", to get
+      the last column of a specific line.  When "lnum" or "col" is
+      out of range then col() returns zero.
+      With the optional {winid} argument the values are obtained for
+      that window instead of the current window.
+      To get the line number use |line()|.  To get both use
+      |getpos()|.
+      For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.  For the
+      character position use |charcol()|.
+      Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo col(".")			" column of cursor
+      	echo col("$")			" length of cursor line plus one
+      	echo col("'t")			" column of mark t
+      	echo col("'" .. markname)	" column of mark markname
+      <The first column is 1.  Returns 0 if {expr} is invalid or when
+      the window with ID {winid} is not found.
+      For an uppercase mark the column may actually be in another
+      buffer.
+      For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
+      column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
+      line.  Also, when using a <Cmd> mapping the cursor isn't
+      moved, this can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >vim
+      	imap <F2> <Cmd>echo col(".").."\n"<CR>
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'col',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'col({expr} [, {winid}])',
+  },
+  complete = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set the matches for Insert mode completion.
+      Can only be used in Insert mode.  You need to use a mapping
+      with CTRL-R = (see |i_CTRL-R|).  It does not work after CTRL-O
+      or with an expression mapping.
+      {startcol} is the byte offset in the line where the completed
+      text start.  The text up to the cursor is the original text
+      that will be replaced by the matches.  Use col('.') for an
+      empty string.  "col('.') - 1" will replace one character by a
+      match.
+      {matches} must be a |List|.  Each |List| item is one match.
+      See |complete-items| for the kind of items that are possible.
+      "longest" in 'completeopt' is ignored.
+      Note that the after calling this function you need to avoid
+      inserting anything that would cause completion to stop.
+      The match can be selected with CTRL-N and CTRL-P as usual with
+      Insert mode completion.  The popup menu will appear if
+      specified, see |ins-completion-menu|.
+      Example: >vim
+      	inoremap <F5> <C-R>=ListMonths()<CR>
+
+      	func ListMonths()
+      	  call complete(col('.'), ['January', 'February', 'March',
+      	    \ 'April', 'May', 'June', 'July', 'August', 'September',
+      	    \ 'October', 'November', 'December'])
+      	  return ''
+      	endfunc
+      <This isn't very useful, but it shows how it works.  Note that
+      an empty string is returned to avoid a zero being inserted.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'complete',
+    params = { { 'startcol', 'any' }, { 'matches', 'any' } },
+    returns = false,
+    signature = 'complete({startcol}, {matches})',
+    tags = { 'E785' },
+  },
+  complete_add = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Add {expr} to the list of matches.  Only to be used by the
+      function specified with the 'completefunc' option.
+      Returns 0 for failure (empty string or out of memory),
+      1 when the match was added, 2 when the match was already in
+      the list.
+      See |complete-functions| for an explanation of {expr}.  It is
+      the same as one item in the list that 'omnifunc' would return.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'complete_add',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1|2',
+    signature = 'complete_add({expr})',
+  },
+  complete_check = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Check for a key typed while looking for completion matches.
+      This is to be used when looking for matches takes some time.
+      Returns |TRUE| when searching for matches is to be aborted,
+      zero otherwise.
+      Only to be used by the function specified with the
+      'completefunc' option.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'complete_check',
+    params = {},
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'complete_check()',
+  },
+  complete_info = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |Dictionary| with information about Insert mode
+      completion.  See |ins-completion|.
+      The items are:
+         mode		Current completion mode name string.
+      		See |complete_info_mode| for the values.
+         pum_visible	|TRUE| if popup menu is visible.
+      		See |pumvisible()|.
+         items	List of completion matches.  Each item is a
+      		dictionary containing the entries "word",
+      		"abbr", "menu", "kind", "info" and "user_data".
+      		See |complete-items|.
+         selected	Selected item index.  First index is zero.
+      		Index is -1 if no item is selected (showing
+      		typed text only, or the last completion after
+      		no item is selected when using the <Up> or
+      		<Down> keys)
+         inserted	Inserted string. [NOT IMPLEMENTED YET]
+
+      					*complete_info_mode*
+      mode values are:
+         ""		     Not in completion mode
+         "keyword"	     Keyword completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-N|
+         "ctrl_x"	     Just pressed CTRL-X |i_CTRL-X|
+         "scroll"	     Scrolling with |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-E| or
+      		     |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-Y|
+         "whole_line"	     Whole lines |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|
+         "files"	     File names |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-F|
+         "tags"	     Tags |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]|
+         "path_defines"    Definition completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-D|
+         "path_patterns"   Include completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-I|
+         "dictionary"	     Dictionary |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K|
+         "thesaurus"	     Thesaurus |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T|
+         "cmdline"	     Vim Command line |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-V|
+         "function"	     User defined completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
+         "omni"	     Omni completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|
+         "spell"	     Spelling suggestions |i_CTRL-X_s|
+         "eval"	     |complete()| completion
+         "unknown"	     Other internal modes
+
+      If the optional {what} list argument is supplied, then only
+      the items listed in {what} are returned.  Unsupported items in
+      {what} are silently ignored.
+
+      To get the position and size of the popup menu, see
+      |pum_getpos()|. It's also available in |v:event| during the
+      |CompleteChanged| event.
+
+      Returns an empty |Dictionary| on error.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	" Get all items
+      	call complete_info()
+      	" Get only 'mode'
+      	call complete_info(['mode'])
+      	" Get only 'mode' and 'pum_visible'
+      	call complete_info(['mode', 'pum_visible'])
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'complete_info',
+    params = { { 'what', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'table',
+    signature = 'complete_info([{what}])',
+  },
+  confirm = {
+    args = { 1, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
+      made.  It returns the number of the choice.  For the first
+      choice this is 1.
+
+      {msg} is displayed in a dialog with {choices} as the
+      alternatives.  When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
+      used (and translated).
+      {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline.  Only on
+      some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.
+
+      {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
+      by '\n', e.g. >vim
+      	confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
+      <The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
+      Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel".  The shortcut does
+      not need to be the first letter: >vim
+      	confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
+      <For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
+      the default shortcut key.  Case is ignored.
+
+      The optional {type} String argument gives the type of dialog.
+      It can be one of these values: "Error", "Question", "Info",
+      "Warning" or "Generic".  Only the first character is relevant.
+      When {type} is omitted, "Generic" is used.
+
+      The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog.  This
+      is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI.  It can be one of
+      these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
+      "Generic".  Only the first character is relevant.
+      When {type} is omitted, "Generic" is used.
+
+      If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
+      or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
+
+      An example: >vim
+         let choice = confirm("What do you want?",
+      			\ "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
+         if choice == 0
+      	echo "make up your mind!"
+         elseif choice == 3
+      	echo "tasteful"
+         else
+      	echo "I prefer bananas myself."
+         endif
+      <In a GUI dialog, buttons are used.  The layout of the buttons
+      depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'.  If it is included,
+      the buttons are always put vertically.  Otherwise,  confirm()
+      tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line.  If they
+      don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway.  For some systems
+      the horizontal layout is always used.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'confirm',
+    params = { { 'msg', 'any' }, { 'choices', 'any' }, { 'default', 'any' }, { 'type', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])',
+  },
+  copy = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Make a copy of {expr}.  For Numbers and Strings this isn't
+      different from using {expr} directly.
+      When {expr} is a |List| a shallow copy is created.  This means
+      that the original |List| can be changed without changing the
+      copy, and vice versa.  But the items are identical, thus
+      changing an item changes the contents of both |Lists|.
+      A |Dictionary| is copied in a similar way as a |List|.
+      Also see |deepcopy()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'copy',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'any',
+    signature = 'copy({expr})',
+  },
+  cos = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the cosine of {expr}, measured in radians, as a |Float|.
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo cos(100)
+      <	0.862319 >vim
+      	echo cos(-4.01)
+      <	-0.646043
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'cos',
+    name = 'cos',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'number',
+    signature = 'cos({expr})',
+  },
+  cosh = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the hyperbolic cosine of {expr} as a |Float| in the range
+      [1, inf].
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo cosh(0.5)
+      <	1.127626 >vim
+      	echo cosh(-0.5)
+      <	-1.127626
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'cosh',
+    name = 'cosh',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'number',
+    signature = 'cosh({expr})',
+  },
+  count = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'E706' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
+      in |String|, |List| or |Dictionary| {comp}.
+
+      If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
+      {start} can only be used with a |List|.
+
+      When {ic} is given and it's |TRUE| then case is ignored.
+
+      When {comp} is a string then the number of not overlapping
+      occurrences of {expr} is returned. Zero is returned when
+      {expr} is an empty string.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'count',
+    params = { { 'comp', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'ic', 'any' }, { 'start', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]])',
+  },
+  ctxget = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |Dictionary| representing the |context| at {index}
+      from the top of the |context-stack| (see |context-dict|).
+      If {index} is not given, it is assumed to be 0 (i.e.: top).
+    ]=],
+    name = 'ctxget',
+    params = { { 'index', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'table',
+    signature = 'ctxget([{index}])',
+  },
+  ctxpop = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Pops and restores the |context| at the top of the
+      |context-stack|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'ctxpop',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'ctxpop()',
+  },
+  ctxpush = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Pushes the current editor state (|context|) on the
+      |context-stack|.
+      If {types} is given and is a |List| of |String|s, it specifies
+      which |context-types| to include in the pushed context.
+      Otherwise, all context types are included.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'ctxpush',
+    params = { { 'types', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'ctxpush([{types}])',
+  },
+  ctxset = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Sets the |context| at {index} from the top of the
+      |context-stack| to that represented by {context}.
+      {context} is a Dictionary with context data (|context-dict|).
+      If {index} is not given, it is assumed to be 0 (i.e.: top).
+    ]=],
+    name = 'ctxset',
+    params = { { 'context', 'any' }, { 'index', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'ctxset({context} [, {index}])',
+  },
+  ctxsize = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the size of the |context-stack|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'ctxsize',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'ctxsize()',
+  },
+  cursor = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    name = 'cursor',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' }, { 'off', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'cursor({lnum}, {col} [, {off}])',
+  },
+  cursor__1 = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Positions the cursor at the column (byte count) {col} in the
+      line {lnum}.  The first column is one.
+
+      When there is one argument {list} this is used as a |List|
+      with two, three or four item:
+      	[{lnum}, {col}]
+      	[{lnum}, {col}, {off}]
+      	[{lnum}, {col}, {off}, {curswant}]
+      This is like the return value of |getpos()| or |getcurpos()|,
+      but without the first item.
+
+      To position the cursor using {col} as the character count, use
+      |setcursorcharpos()|.
+
+      Does not change the jumplist.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|, except that if {lnum} is
+      zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
+      If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
+      the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
+      If {col} is greater than the number of bytes in the line,
+      the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
+      line.
+      If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
+      If {curswant} is given it is used to set the preferred column
+      for vertical movement.  Otherwise {col} is used.
+
+      When 'virtualedit' is used {off} specifies the offset in
+      screen columns from the start of the character.  E.g., a
+      position within a <Tab> or after the last character.
+      Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'cursor',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'cursor({list})',
+  },
+  debugbreak = {
+    args = { 1, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Specifically used to interrupt a program being debugged.  It
+      will cause process {pid} to get a SIGTRAP.  Behavior for other
+      processes is undefined. See |terminal-debug|.
+      (Sends a SIGINT to a process {pid} other than MS-Windows)
+
+      Returns |TRUE| if successfully interrupted the program.
+      Otherwise returns |FALSE|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'debugbreak',
+    params = { { 'pid', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'debugbreak({pid})',
+  },
+  deepcopy = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'E698' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Make a copy of {expr}.  For Numbers and Strings this isn't
+      different from using {expr} directly.
+      When {expr} is a |List| a full copy is created.  This means
+      that the original |List| can be changed without changing the
+      copy, and vice versa.  When an item is a |List|, a copy for it
+      is made, recursively.  Thus changing an item in the copy does
+      not change the contents of the original |List|.
+
+      When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained |List| or
+      |Dictionary| is only copied once.  All references point to
+      this single copy.  With {noref} set to 1 every occurrence of a
+      |List| or |Dictionary| results in a new copy.  This also means
+      that a cyclic reference causes deepcopy() to fail.
+      						*E724*
+      Nesting is possible up to 100 levels.  When there is an item
+      that refers back to a higher level making a deep copy with
+      {noref} set to 1 will fail.
+      Also see |copy()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'deepcopy',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'noref', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'deepcopy({expr} [, {noref}])',
+  },
+  delete = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Without {flags} or with {flags} empty: Deletes the file by the
+      name {fname}.
+
+      This also works when {fname} is a symbolic link.  The symbolic
+      link itself is deleted, not what it points to.
+
+      When {flags} is "d": Deletes the directory by the name
+      {fname}.  This fails when directory {fname} is not empty.
+
+      When {flags} is "rf": Deletes the directory by the name
+      {fname} and everything in it, recursively.  BE CAREFUL!
+      Note: on MS-Windows it is not possible to delete a directory
+      that is being used.
+
+      The result is a Number, which is 0/false if the delete
+      operation was successful and -1/true when the deletion failed
+      or partly failed.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'delete',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'flags', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'delete({fname} [, {flags}])',
+  },
+  deletebufline = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Delete lines {first} to {last} (inclusive) from buffer {buf}.
+      If {last} is omitted then delete line {first} only.
+      On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned.
+
+      This function works only for loaded buffers. First call
+      |bufload()| if needed.
+
+      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
+
+      {first} and {last} are used like with |getline()|. Note that
+      when using |line()| this refers to the current buffer. Use "$"
+      to refer to the last line in buffer {buf}.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'deletebufline',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'first', 'any' }, { 'last', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'deletebufline({buf}, {first} [, {last}])',
+  },
+  dictwatcheradd = {
+    args = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Adds a watcher to a dictionary. A dictionary watcher is
+      identified by three components:
+
+      - A dictionary({dict});
+      - A key pattern({pattern}).
+      - A function({callback}).
+
+      After this is called, every change on {dict} and on keys
+      matching {pattern} will result in {callback} being invoked.
+
+      For example, to watch all global variables: >vim
+      	silent! call dictwatcherdel(g:, '*', 'OnDictChanged')
+      	function! OnDictChanged(d,k,z)
+      	  echomsg string(a:k) string(a:z)
+      	endfunction
+      	call dictwatcheradd(g:, '*', 'OnDictChanged')
+      <
+      For now {pattern} only accepts very simple patterns that can
+      contain a "*" at the end of the string, in which case it will
+      match every key that begins with the substring before the "*".
+      That means if "*" is not the last character of {pattern}, only
+      keys that are exactly equal as {pattern} will be matched.
+
+      The {callback} receives three arguments:
+
+      - The dictionary being watched.
+      - The key which changed.
+      - A dictionary containing the new and old values for the key.
+
+      The type of change can be determined by examining the keys
+      present on the third argument:
+
+      - If contains both `old` and `new`, the key was updated.
+      - If it contains only `new`, the key was added.
+      - If it contains only `old`, the key was deleted.
+
+      This function can be used by plugins to implement options with
+      validation and parsing logic.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'dictwatcheradd',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'any' }, { 'pattern', 'any' }, { 'callback', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'dictwatcheradd({dict}, {pattern}, {callback})',
+  },
+  dictwatcherdel = {
+    args = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Removes a watcher added  with |dictwatcheradd()|. All three
+      arguments must match the ones passed to |dictwatcheradd()| in
+      order for the watcher to be successfully deleted.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'dictwatcherdel',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'any' }, { 'pattern', 'any' }, { 'callback', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'dictwatcherdel({dict}, {pattern}, {callback})',
+  },
+  did_filetype = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns |TRUE| when autocommands are being executed and the
+      FileType event has been triggered at least once.  Can be used
+      to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
+      that detect the file type. |FileType|
+      Returns |FALSE| when `:setf FALLBACK` was used.
+      When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
+      really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
+      current buffer.  This allows an autocommand that starts
+      editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
+      file.
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'did_filetype',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'did_filetype()',
+  },
+  diff_filler = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
+      These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
+      another diff'ed window.  These filler lines are shown in the
+      display but don't exist in the buffer.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
+      line, "'m" mark m, etc.
+      Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'diff_filler',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'diff_filler({lnum})',
+  },
+  diff_hlID = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
+      {col} (byte index).  When the current line does not have a
+      diff change zero is returned.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
+      line, "'m" mark m, etc.
+      {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
+      line.
+      The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
+      syntax information about the highlighting.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'diff_hlID',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'diff_hlID({lnum}, {col})',
+  },
+  digraph_get = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'E1214' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the digraph of {chars}.  This should be a string with
+      exactly two characters.  If {chars} are not just two
+      characters, or the digraph of {chars} does not exist, an error
+      is given and an empty string is returned.
+
+      Also see |digraph_getlist()|.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      " Get a built-in digraph
+      echo digraph_get('00')		" Returns '∞'
+
+      " Get a user-defined digraph
+      call digraph_set('aa', 'あ')
+      echo digraph_get('aa')		" Returns 'あ'
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'digraph_get',
+    params = { { 'chars', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'digraph_get({chars})',
+  },
+  digraph_getlist = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a list of digraphs.  If the {listall} argument is given
+      and it is TRUE, return all digraphs, including the default
+      digraphs.  Otherwise, return only user-defined digraphs.
+
+      Also see |digraph_get()|.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      " Get user-defined digraphs
+      echo digraph_getlist()
+
+      " Get all the digraphs, including default digraphs
+      echo digraph_getlist(1)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'digraph_getlist',
+    params = { { 'listall', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'digraph_getlist([{listall}])',
+  },
+  digraph_set = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Add digraph {chars} to the list.  {chars} must be a string
+      with two characters.  {digraph} is a string with one UTF-8
+      encoded character.  *E1215*
+      Be careful, composing characters are NOT ignored.  This
+      function is similar to |:digraphs| command, but useful to add
+      digraphs start with a white space.
+
+      The function result is v:true if |digraph| is registered.  If
+      this fails an error message is given and v:false is returned.
+
+      If you want to define multiple digraphs at once, you can use
+      |digraph_setlist()|.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	call digraph_set('  ', 'あ')
+      <
+      Can be used as a |method|: >vim
+      	GetString()->digraph_set('あ')
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'digraph_set',
+    params = { { 'chars', 'any' }, { 'digraph', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'digraph_set({chars}, {digraph})',
+  },
+  digraph_setlist = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Similar to |digraph_set()| but this function can add multiple
+      digraphs at once.  {digraphlist} is a list composed of lists,
+      where each list contains two strings with {chars} and
+      {digraph} as in |digraph_set()|. *E1216*
+      Example: >vim
+          call digraph_setlist([['aa', 'あ'], ['ii', 'い']])
+      <
+      It is similar to the following: >vim
+          for [chars, digraph] in [['aa', 'あ'], ['ii', 'い']]
+      	  call digraph_set(chars, digraph)
+          endfor
+      <Except that the function returns after the first error,
+      following digraphs will not be added.
+
+      Can be used as a |method|: >vim
+          GetList()->digraph_setlist()
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'digraph_setlist',
+    params = { { 'digraphlist', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'digraph_setlist({digraphlist})',
+  },
+  empty = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
+      - A |List| or |Dictionary| is empty when it does not have any
+        items.
+      - A |String| is empty when its length is zero.
+      - A |Number| and |Float| are empty when their value is zero.
+      - |v:false| and |v:null| are empty, |v:true| is not.
+      - A |Blob| is empty when its length is zero.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'empty',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'empty({expr})',
+  },
+  environ = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return all of environment variables as dictionary. You can
+      check if an environment variable exists like this: >vim
+      	echo has_key(environ(), 'HOME')
+      <Note that the variable name may be CamelCase; to ignore case
+      use this: >vim
+      	echo index(keys(environ()), 'HOME', 0, 1) != -1
+      <
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'environ',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'environ()',
+  },
+  escape = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
+      backslash.  Example: >vim
+      	echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
+      <results in: >
+      	c:\\program\ files\\vim
+      <Also see |shellescape()| and |fnameescape()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'escape',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'chars', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'escape({string}, {chars})',
+  },
+  eval = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Evaluate {string} and return the result.  Especially useful to
+      turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
+      This works for Numbers, Floats, Strings, Blobs and composites
+      of them.  Also works for |Funcref|s that refer to existing
+      functions.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'eval',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'eval({string})',
+  },
+  eventhandler = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns 1 when inside an event handler.  That is that Vim got
+      interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
+      e.g., when dropping a file on Vim.  This means interactive
+      commands cannot be used.  Otherwise zero is returned.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'eventhandler',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'eventhandler()',
+  },
+  executable = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
+      exists.  {expr} must be the name of the program without any
+      arguments.
+      executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
+      searchpath for programs.		*PATHEXT*
+      On MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can optionally be
+      included.  Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are tried.  Thus if
+      "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be found.  If
+      $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is used.  A dot
+      by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using the name
+      without an extension.  When 'shell' looks like a Unix shell,
+      then the name is also tried without adding an extension.
+      On MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and is not a
+      directory, not if it's really executable.
+      On Windows an executable in the same directory as Vim is
+      always found (it is added to $PATH at |startup|).
+      The result is a Number:
+      	1	exists
+      	0	does not exist
+      	-1	not implemented on this system
+      |exepath()| can be used to get the full path of an executable.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'executable',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1|-1',
+    signature = 'executable({expr})',
+  },
+  execute = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Execute {command} and capture its output.
+      If {command} is a |String|, returns {command} output.
+      If {command} is a |List|, returns concatenated outputs.
+      Line continuations in {command} are not recognized.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo execute('echon "foo"')
+      <	foo >vim
+      	echo execute(['echon "foo"', 'echon "bar"'])
+      <	foobar
+
+      The optional {silent} argument can have these values:
+      	""		no `:silent` used
+      	"silent"	`:silent` used
+      	"silent!"	`:silent!` used
+      The default is "silent".  Note that with "silent!", unlike
+      `:redir`, error messages are dropped.
+
+      To get a list of lines use `split()` on the result: >vim
+      	execute('args')->split("\n")
+
+      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+      Note: If nested, an outer execute() will not observe output of
+      the inner calls.
+      Note: Text attributes (highlights) are not captured.
+      To execute a command in another window than the current one
+      use `win_execute()`.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'execute',
+    params = {
+      { 'command', 'string|string[]' },
+      { 'silent', "''|'silent'|'silent!'" }
+    },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'execute({command} [, {silent}])',
+  },
+  exepath = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the full path of {expr} if it is an executable and
+      given as a (partial or full) path or is found in $PATH.
+      Returns empty string otherwise.
+      If {expr} starts with "./" the |current-directory| is used.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'exepath',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'exepath({expr})',
+  },
+  exists = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is
+      defined, zero otherwise.
+
+      For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
+      For checking if a file exists use |filereadable()|.
+
+      The {expr} argument is a string, which contains one of these:
+      	varname		internal variable (see
+      	dict.key	|internal-variables|).  Also works
+      	list[i]		for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
+      			entries, |List| items, etc.
+      			Beware that evaluating an index may
+      			cause an error message for an invalid
+      			expression.  E.g.: >vim
+      			   let l = [1, 2, 3]
+      			   echo exists("l[5]")
+      <			   0 >vim
+      			   echo exists("l[xx]")
+      <			   E121: Undefined variable: xx
+      			   0
+      	&option-name	Vim option (only checks if it exists,
+      			not if it really works)
+      	+option-name	Vim option that works.
+      	$ENVNAME	environment variable (could also be
+      			done by comparing with an empty
+      			string)
+      	`*funcname`	built-in function (see |functions|)
+      			or user defined function (see
+      			|user-function|). Also works for a
+      			variable that is a Funcref.
+      	:cmdname	Ex command: built-in command, user
+      			command or command modifier |:command|.
+      			Returns:
+      			1  for match with start of a command
+      			2  full match with a command
+      			3  matches several user commands
+      			To check for a supported command
+      			always check the return value to be 2.
+      	:2match		The |:2match| command.
+      	:3match		The |:3match| command (but you
+      			probably should not use it, it is
+      			reserved for internal usage)
+      	#event		autocommand defined for this event
+      	#event#pattern	autocommand defined for this event and
+      			pattern (the pattern is taken
+      			literally and compared to the
+      			autocommand patterns character by
+      			character)
+      	#group		autocommand group exists
+      	#group#event	autocommand defined for this group and
+      			event.
+      	#group#event#pattern
+      			autocommand defined for this group,
+      			event and pattern.
+      	##event		autocommand for this event is
+      			supported.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo exists("&mouse")
+      	echo exists("$HOSTNAME")
+      	echo exists("*strftime")
+      	echo exists("*s:MyFunc")
+      	echo exists("*MyFunc")
+      	echo exists("bufcount")
+      	echo exists(":Make")
+      	echo exists("#CursorHold")
+      	echo exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
+      	echo exists("#filetypeindent")
+      	echo exists("#filetypeindent#FileType")
+      	echo exists("#filetypeindent#FileType#*")
+      	echo exists("##ColorScheme")
+      <There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
+      name.
+      There must be no extra characters after the name, although in
+      a few cases this is ignored.  That may become stricter in the
+      future, thus don't count on it!
+      Working example: >vim
+      	echo exists(":make")
+      <NOT working example: >vim
+      	echo exists(":make install")
+
+      <Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
+      variable itself.  For example: >vim
+      	echo exists(bufcount)
+      <This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
+      but gets the value of "bufcount", and checks if that exists.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'exists',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'exists({expr})',
+  },
+  exp = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the exponential of {expr} as a |Float| in the range
+      [0, inf].
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo exp(2)
+      <	7.389056 >vim
+      	echo exp(-1)
+      <	0.367879
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'exp',
+    name = 'exp',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'exp({expr})',
+  },
+  expand = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in
+      {string}.  'wildignorecase' applies.
+
+      If {list} is given and it is |TRUE|, a List will be returned.
+      Otherwise the result is a String and when there are several
+      matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.
+
+      If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.  A name
+      for a non-existing file is not included, unless {string} does
+      not start with '%', '#' or '<', see below.
+
+      When {string} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is
+      done like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their
+      associated modifiers.  Here is a short overview:
+
+      	%		current file name
+      	#		alternate file name
+      	#n		alternate file name n
+      	<cfile>		file name under the cursor
+      	<afile>		autocmd file name
+      	<abuf>		autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
+      	<amatch>	autocmd matched name
+      	<cexpr>		C expression under the cursor
+      	<sfile>		sourced script file or function name
+      	<slnum>		sourced script line number or function
+      			line number
+      	<sflnum>	script file line number, also when in
+      			a function
+      	<SID>		"<SNR>123_"  where "123" is the
+      			current script ID  |<SID>|
+      	<script>	sourced script file, or script file
+      			where the current function was defined
+      	<stack>		call stack
+      	<cword>		word under the cursor
+      	<cWORD>		WORD under the cursor
+      	<client>	the {clientid} of the last received
+      			message
+      Modifiers:
+      	:p		expand to full path
+      	:h		head (last path component removed)
+      	:t		tail (last path component only)
+      	:r		root (one extension removed)
+      	:e		extension only
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	let &tags = expand("%:p:h") .. "/tags"
+      <Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
+      '<', any following text is ignored.  This does NOT work: >vim
+      	let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
+      <Use this: >vim
+      	let doeswork = expand("%:h") .. ".bak"
+      <Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
+      referenced file name without further expansion.  If "<cfile>"
+      is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
+      "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >vim
+      	echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
+      <
+      There cannot be white space between the variables and the
+      following modifier.  The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
+      to modify normal file names.
+
+      When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
+      is not defined, an empty string is used.  Using "%:p" in a
+      buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
+      '/' added.
+      When 'verbose' is set then expanding '%', '#' and <> items
+      will result in an error message if the argument cannot be
+      expanded.
+
+      When {string} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
+      expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
+      'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
+      {nosuf} argument is given and it is |TRUE|.
+      Names for non-existing files are included.  The "**" item can
+      be used to search in a directory tree.  For example, to find
+      all "README" files in the current directory and below: >vim
+      	echo expand("**/README")
+      <
+      expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
+      variables that are only known in a shell.  But this can be
+      slow, because a shell may be used to do the expansion.  See
+      |expr-env-expand|.
+      The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
+      names.  When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
+      left unchanged.  Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
+      "$FOOBAR".
+
+      See |glob()| for finding existing files.  See |system()| for
+      getting the raw output of an external command.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'expand',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'nosuf', 'boolean' }, { 'list', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string|string[]',
+    signature = 'expand({string} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])',
+  },
+  expandcmd = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Expand special items in String {string} like what is done for
+      an Ex command such as `:edit`.  This expands special keywords,
+      like with |expand()|, and environment variables, anywhere in
+      {string}.  "~user" and "~/path" are only expanded at the
+      start.
+
+      The following items are supported in the {options} Dict
+      argument:
+          errmsg	If set to TRUE, error messages are displayed
+      		if an error is encountered during expansion.
+      		By default, error messages are not displayed.
+
+      Returns the expanded string.  If an error is encountered
+      during expansion, the unmodified {string} is returned.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo expandcmd('make %<.o')
+      < >
+      	make /path/runtime/doc/builtin.o
+      < >vim
+      	echo expandcmd('make %<.o', {'errmsg': v:true})
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'expandcmd',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'options', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'expandcmd({string} [, {options}])',
+  },
+  extend = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      {expr1} and {expr2} must be both |Lists| or both
+      |Dictionaries|.
+
+      If they are |Lists|: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
+      If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before the
+      item with index {expr3} in {expr1}.  When {expr3} is zero
+      insert before the first item.  When {expr3} is equal to
+      len({expr1}) then {expr2} is appended.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
+      	call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
+      <When {expr1} is the same List as {expr2} then the number of
+      items copied is equal to the original length of the List.
+      E.g., when {expr3} is 1 you get N new copies of the first item
+      (where N is the original length of the List).
+      Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list.  To concatenate
+      two lists into a new list use the + operator: >vim
+      	let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5]
+      <
+      If they are |Dictionaries|:
+      Add all entries from {expr2} to {expr1}.
+      If a key exists in both {expr1} and {expr2} then {expr3} is
+      used to decide what to do:
+      {expr3} = "keep": keep the value of {expr1}
+      {expr3} = "force": use the value of {expr2}
+      {expr3} = "error": give an error message		*E737*
+      When {expr3} is omitted then "force" is assumed.
+
+      {expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty.  If necessary
+      make a copy of {expr1} first.
+      {expr2} remains unchanged.
+      When {expr1} is locked and {expr2} is not empty the operation
+      fails.
+      Returns {expr1}.  Returns 0 on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'extend',
+    params = { { 'expr1', 'any' }, { 'expr2', 'any' }, { 'expr3', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])',
+  },
+  extendnew = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |extend()| but instead of adding items to {expr1} a new
+      List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
+      unchanged.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'extendnew',
+    params = { { 'expr1', 'any' }, { 'expr2', 'any' }, { 'expr3', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'extendnew({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])',
+  },
+  feedkeys = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Characters in {string} are queued for processing as if they
+      come from a mapping or were typed by the user.
+
+      By default the string is added to the end of the typeahead
+      buffer, thus if a mapping is still being executed the
+      characters come after them.  Use the 'i' flag to insert before
+      other characters, they will be executed next, before any
+      characters from a mapping.
+
+      The function does not wait for processing of keys contained in
+      {string}.
+
+      To include special keys into {string}, use double-quotes
+      and "\..." notation |expr-quote|. For example,
+      feedkeys("\<CR>") simulates pressing of the <Enter> key. But
+      feedkeys('\<CR>') pushes 5 characters.
+      The |<Ignore>| keycode may be used to exit the
+      wait-for-character without doing anything.
+
+      {mode} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
+      'm'	Remap keys. This is default.  If {mode} is absent,
+      	keys are remapped.
+      'n'	Do not remap keys.
+      't'	Handle keys as if typed; otherwise they are handled as
+      	if coming from a mapping.  This matters for undo,
+      	opening folds, etc.
+      'i'	Insert the string instead of appending (see above).
+      'x'	Execute commands until typeahead is empty.  This is
+      	similar to using ":normal!".  You can call feedkeys()
+      	several times without 'x' and then one time with 'x'
+      	(possibly with an empty {string}) to execute all the
+      	typeahead.  Note that when Vim ends in Insert mode it
+      	will behave as if <Esc> is typed, to avoid getting
+      	stuck, waiting for a character to be typed before the
+      	script continues.
+      	Note that if you manage to call feedkeys() while
+      	executing commands, thus calling it recursively, then
+      	all typeahead will be consumed by the last call.
+      '!'	When used with 'x' will not end Insert mode. Can be
+      	used in a test when a timer is set to exit Insert mode
+      	a little later.  Useful for testing CursorHoldI.
+
+      Return value is always 0.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'feedkeys',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])',
+  },
+  file_readable = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Obsolete name for |filereadable()|.
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_filereadable',
+    name = 'file_readable',
+    params = { { 'file', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'file_readable({file})',
+  },
+  filereadable = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| when a file with the
+      name {file} exists, and can be read.  If {file} doesn't exist,
+      or is a directory, the result is |FALSE|.  {file} is any
+      expression, which is used as a String.
+      If you don't care about the file being readable you can use
+      |glob()|.
+      {file} is used as-is, you may want to expand wildcards first: >vim
+      	echo filereadable('~/.vimrc')
+      < >
+      	0
+      < >vim
+      	echo filereadable(expand('~/.vimrc'))
+      < >
+      	1
+      <
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'filereadable',
+    params = { { 'file', 'string' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'filereadable({file})',
+  },
+  filewritable = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the
+      name {file} exists, and can be written.  If {file} doesn't
+      exist, or is not writable, the result is 0.  If {file} is a
+      directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'filewritable',
+    params = { { 'file', 'string' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'filewritable({file})',
+  },
+  filter = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      {expr1} must be a |List|, |String|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
+      For each item in {expr1} evaluate {expr2} and when the result
+      is zero or false remove the item from the |List| or
+      |Dictionary|.  Similarly for each byte in a |Blob| and each
+      character in a |String|.
+
+      {expr2} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.
+
+      If {expr2} is a |string|, inside {expr2} |v:val| has the value
+      of the current item.  For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key
+      of the current item and for a |List| |v:key| has the index of
+      the current item.  For a |Blob| |v:key| has the index of the
+      current byte. For a |String| |v:key| has the index of the
+      current character.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	call filter(mylist, 'v:val !~ "OLD"')
+      <Removes the items where "OLD" appears. >vim
+      	call filter(mydict, 'v:key >= 8')
+      <Removes the items with a key below 8. >vim
+      	call filter(var, 0)
+      <Removes all the items, thus clears the |List| or |Dictionary|.
+
+      Note that {expr2} is the result of expression and is then
+      used as an expression again.  Often it is good to use a
+      |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.
+
+      If {expr2} is a |Funcref| it must take two arguments:
+      	1. the key or the index of the current item.
+      	2. the value of the current item.
+      The function must return |TRUE| if the item should be kept.
+      Example that keeps the odd items of a list: >vim
+      	func Odd(idx, val)
+      	  return a:idx % 2 == 1
+      	endfunc
+      	call filter(mylist, function('Odd'))
+      <It is shorter when using a |lambda|: >vim
+      	call filter(myList, {idx, val -> idx * val <= 42})
+      <If you do not use "val" you can leave it out: >vim
+      	call filter(myList, {idx -> idx % 2 == 1})
+      <
+      For a |List| and a |Dictionary| the operation is done
+      in-place.  If you want it to remain unmodified make a copy
+      first: >vim
+      	let l = filter(copy(mylist), 'v:val =~ "KEEP"')
+
+      <Returns {expr1}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered,
+      or a new |Blob| or |String|.
+      When an error is encountered while evaluating {expr2} no
+      further items in {expr1} are processed.
+      When {expr2} is a Funcref errors inside a function are ignored,
+      unless it was defined with the "abort" flag.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'filter',
+    params = { { 'expr1', 'any' }, { 'expr2', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'filter({expr1}, {expr2})',
+  },
+  finddir = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Find directory {name} in {path}.  Supports both downwards and
+      upwards recursive directory searches.  See |file-searching|
+      for the syntax of {path}.
+
+      Returns the path of the first found match.  When the found
+      directory is below the current directory a relative path is
+      returned.  Otherwise a full path is returned.
+      If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.
+
+      If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
+      {name} in {path} instead of the first one.
+      When {count} is negative return all the matches in a |List|.
+
+      Returns an empty string if the directory is not found.
+
+      This is quite similar to the ex-command `:find`.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'finddir',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'path', 'string' }, { 'count', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'finddir({name} [, {path} [, {count}]])',
+  },
+  findfile = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
+      Uses 'suffixesadd'.
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
+      <Searches from the directory of the current file upwards until
+      it finds the file "tags.vim".
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'findfile',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'path', 'string' }, { 'count', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'findfile({name} [, {path} [, {count}]])',
+  },
+  flatten = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Flatten {list} up to {maxdepth} levels.  Without {maxdepth}
+      the result is a |List| without nesting, as if {maxdepth} is
+      a very large number.
+      The {list} is changed in place, use |flattennew()| if you do
+      not want that.
+      						*E900*
+      {maxdepth} means how deep in nested lists changes are made.
+      {list} is not modified when {maxdepth} is 0.
+      {maxdepth} must be positive number.
+
+      If there is an error the number zero is returned.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo flatten([1, [2, [3, 4]], 5])
+      <	[1, 2, 3, 4, 5] >vim
+      	echo flatten([1, [2, [3, 4]], 5], 1)
+      <	[1, 2, [3, 4], 5]
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'flatten',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'maxdepth', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'any[]|0',
+    signature = 'flatten({list} [, {maxdepth}])',
+  },
+  flattennew = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |flatten()| but first make a copy of {list}.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'flattennew',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'maxdepth', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'any[]|0',
+    signature = 'flattennew({list} [, {maxdepth}])',
+  },
+  float2nr = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Convert {expr} to a Number by omitting the part after the
+      decimal point.
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      When the value of {expr} is out of range for a |Number| the
+      result is truncated to 0x7fffffff or -0x7fffffff (or when
+      64-bit Number support is enabled, 0x7fffffffffffffff or
+      -0x7fffffffffffffff).  NaN results in -0x80000000 (or when
+      64-bit Number support is enabled, -0x8000000000000000).
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo float2nr(3.95)
+      <	3  >vim
+      	echo float2nr(-23.45)
+      <	-23  >vim
+      	echo float2nr(1.0e100)
+      <	2147483647  (or 9223372036854775807) >vim
+      	echo float2nr(-1.0e150)
+      <	-2147483647 (or -9223372036854775807) >vim
+      	echo float2nr(1.0e-100)
+      <	0
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'float2nr',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'float2nr({expr})',
+  },
+  floor = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the largest integral value less than or equal to
+      {expr} as a |Float| (round down).
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo floor(1.856)
+      <	1.0  >vim
+      	echo floor(-5.456)
+      <	-6.0  >vim
+      	echo floor(4.0)
+      <	4.0
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'floor',
+    name = 'floor',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'floor({expr})',
+  },
+  fmod = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the remainder of {expr1} / {expr2}, even if the
+      division is not representable.  Returns {expr1} - i * {expr2}
+      for some integer i such that if {expr2} is non-zero, the
+      result has the same sign as {expr1} and magnitude less than
+      the magnitude of {expr2}.  If {expr2} is zero, the value
+      returned is zero.  The value returned is a |Float|.
+      {expr1} and {expr2} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr1} or {expr2} is not a |Float| or a
+      |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo fmod(12.33, 1.22)
+      <	0.13 >vim
+      	echo fmod(-12.33, 1.22)
+      <	-0.13
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'fmod',
+    params = { { 'expr1', 'any' }, { 'expr2', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'fmod({expr1}, {expr2})',
+  },
+  fnameescape = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Escape {string} for use as file name command argument.  All
+      characters that have a special meaning, such as `'%'` and `'|'`
+      are escaped with a backslash.
+      For most systems the characters escaped are
+      " \t\n*?[{`$\\%#'\"|!<".  For systems where a backslash
+      appears in a filename, it depends on the value of 'isfname'.
+      A leading '+' and '>' is also escaped (special after |:edit|
+      and |:write|).  And a "-" by itself (special after |:cd|).
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let fname = '+some str%nge|name'
+      	exe "edit " .. fnameescape(fname)
+      <results in executing: >vim
+      	edit \+some\ str\%nge\|name
+      <
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'fnameescape',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'fnameescape({string})',
+  },
+  fnamemodify = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}.  {mods} is a
+      string of characters like it is used for file names on the
+      command line.  See |filename-modifiers|.
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
+      <results in: >
+      	/home/user/vim/vim/src
+      <If {mods} is empty or an unsupported modifier is used then
+      {fname} is returned.
+      When {fname} is empty then with {mods} ":h" returns ".", so
+      that `:cd` can be used with it.  This is different from
+      expand('%:h') without a buffer name, which returns an empty
+      string.
+      Note: Environment variables don't work in {fname}, use
+      |expand()| first then.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'fnamemodify',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'mods', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'fnamemodify({fname}, {mods})',
+  },
+  foldclosed = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number.  If the line {lnum} is in a closed
+      fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold.
+      If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
+      line, "'m" mark m, etc.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'foldclosed',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'foldclosed({lnum})',
+  },
+  foldclosedend = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number.  If the line {lnum} is in a closed
+      fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold.
+      If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
+      line, "'m" mark m, etc.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'foldclosedend',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'foldclosedend({lnum})',
+  },
+  foldlevel = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum}
+      in the current buffer.  For nested folds the deepest level is
+      returned.  If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is
+      returned.  It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed.
+      When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is
+      returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the
+      foldlevel is unknown.  As a special case the level of the
+      previous line is usually available.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
+      line, "'m" mark m, etc.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'foldlevel',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'foldlevel({lnum})',
+  },
+  foldtext = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold.  This is
+      the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
+      only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'.  It uses the
+      |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
+      The returned string looks like this: >
+      	+-- 45 lines: abcdef
+      <The number of leading dashes depends on the foldlevel.  The
+      "45" is the number of lines in the fold.  "abcdef" is the text
+      in the first non-blank line of the fold.  Leading white space,
+      "//" or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and
+      'commentstring' options is removed.
+      When used to draw the actual foldtext, the rest of the line
+      will be filled with the fold char from the 'fillchars'
+      setting.
+      Returns an empty string when there is no fold.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'foldtext',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'foldtext()',
+  },
+  foldtextresult = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
+      {lnum}.  Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
+      When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
+      returned.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.  Thus "." is the current
+      line, "'m" mark m, etc.
+      Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'foldtextresult',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'foldtextresult({lnum})',
+  },
+  foreground = {
+    args = 0,
+    params = {},
+    signature = '',
+    lua = false,
+  },
+  fullcommand = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get the full command name from a short abbreviated command
+      name; see |20.2| for details on command abbreviations.
+
+      The string argument {name} may start with a `:` and can
+      include a [range], these are skipped and not returned.
+      Returns an empty string if a command doesn't exist or if it's
+      ambiguous (for user-defined commands).
+
+      For example `fullcommand('s')`, `fullcommand('sub')`,
+      `fullcommand(':%substitute')` all return "substitute".
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'fullcommand',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'fullcommand({name})',
+  },
+  funcref = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Just like |function()|, but the returned Funcref will lookup
+      the function by reference, not by name.  This matters when the
+      function {name} is redefined later.
+
+      Unlike |function()|, {name} must be an existing user function.
+      It only works for an autoloaded function if it has already
+      been loaded (to avoid mistakenly loading the autoload script
+      when only intending to use the function name, use |function()|
+      instead). {name} cannot be a builtin function.
+      Returns 0 on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'funcref',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'arglist', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'funcref({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])',
+  },
+  ['function'] = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a |Funcref| variable that refers to function {name}.
+      {name} can be the name of a user defined function or an
+      internal function.
+
+      {name} can also be a Funcref or a partial. When it is a
+      partial the dict stored in it will be used and the {dict}
+      argument is not allowed. E.g.: >vim
+      	let FuncWithArg = function(dict.Func, [arg])
+      	let Broken = function(dict.Func, [arg], dict)
+      <
+      When using the Funcref the function will be found by {name},
+      also when it was redefined later. Use |funcref()| to keep the
+      same function.
+
+      When {arglist} or {dict} is present this creates a partial.
+      That means the argument list and/or the dictionary is stored in
+      the Funcref and will be used when the Funcref is called.
+
+      The arguments are passed to the function in front of other
+      arguments, but after any argument from |method|.  Example: >vim
+      	func Callback(arg1, arg2, name)
+      	"...
+      	endfunc
+      	let Partial = function('Callback', ['one', 'two'])
+      	"...
+      	call Partial('name')
+      <Invokes the function as with: >vim
+      	call Callback('one', 'two', 'name')
+
+      <With a |method|: >vim
+      	func Callback(one, two, three)
+      	"...
+      	endfunc
+      	let Partial = function('Callback', ['two'])
+      	"...
+      	eval 'one'->Partial('three')
+      <Invokes the function as with: >vim
+      	call Callback('one', 'two', 'three')
+
+      <The function() call can be nested to add more arguments to the
+      Funcref.  The extra arguments are appended to the list of
+      arguments.  Example: >vim
+      	func Callback(arg1, arg2, name)
+      	"...
+      	endfunc
+      	let Func = function('Callback', ['one'])
+      	let Func2 = function(Func, ['two'])
+      	"...
+      	call Func2('name')
+      <Invokes the function as with: >vim
+      	call Callback('one', 'two', 'name')
+
+      <The Dictionary is only useful when calling a "dict" function.
+      In that case the {dict} is passed in as "self". Example: >vim
+      	function Callback() dict
+      	   echo "called for " .. self.name
+      	endfunction
+      	"...
+      	let context = {"name": "example"}
+      	let Func = function('Callback', context)
+      	"...
+      	call Func()	" will echo: called for example
+      <The use of function() is not needed when there are no extra
+      arguments, these two are equivalent, if Callback() is defined
+      as context.Callback(): >vim
+      	let Func = function('Callback', context)
+      	let Func = context.Callback
+
+      <The argument list and the Dictionary can be combined: >vim
+      	function Callback(arg1, count) dict
+      	"...
+      	endfunction
+      	let context = {"name": "example"}
+      	let Func = function('Callback', ['one'], context)
+      	"...
+      	call Func(500)
+      <Invokes the function as with: >vim
+      	call context.Callback('one', 500)
+      <
+      Returns 0 on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'function',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'arglist', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'function({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])',
+    tags = { 'partial', 'E700', 'E923' },
+  },
+  garbagecollect = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Cleanup unused |Lists| and |Dictionaries| that have circular
+      references.
+
+      There is hardly ever a need to invoke this function, as it is
+      automatically done when Vim runs out of memory or is waiting
+      for the user to press a key after 'updatetime'.  Items without
+      circular references are always freed when they become unused.
+      This is useful if you have deleted a very big |List| and/or
+      |Dictionary| with circular references in a script that runs
+      for a long time.
+
+      When the optional {atexit} argument is one, garbage
+      collection will also be done when exiting Vim, if it wasn't
+      done before.  This is useful when checking for memory leaks.
+
+      The garbage collection is not done immediately but only when
+      it's safe to perform.  This is when waiting for the user to
+      type a character.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'garbagecollect',
+    params = { { 'atexit', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'garbagecollect([{atexit}])',
+  },
+  get = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get item {idx} from |List| {list}.  When this item is not
+      available return {default}.  Return zero when {default} is
+      omitted.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'get',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any[]' }, { 'idx', 'integer' }, { 'default', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'get({list}, {idx} [, {default}])',
+  },
+  get__1 = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get byte {idx} from |Blob| {blob}.  When this byte is not
+      available return {default}.  Return -1 when {default} is
+      omitted.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'get',
+    params = { { 'blob', 'string' }, { 'idx', 'integer' }, { 'default', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'get({blob}, {idx} [, {default}])',
+  },
+  get__2 = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get item with key {key} from |Dictionary| {dict}.  When this
+      item is not available return {default}.  Return zero when
+      {default} is omitted.  Useful example: >vim
+      	let val = get(g:, 'var_name', 'default')
+      <This gets the value of g:var_name if it exists, and uses
+      "default" when it does not exist.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'get',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'table<string,any>' }, { 'key', 'string' }, { 'default', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])',
+  },
+  get__3 = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get item {what} from Funcref {func}.  Possible values for
+      {what} are:
+      	"name"	The function name
+      	"func"	The function
+      	"dict"	The dictionary
+      	"args"	The list with arguments
+      Returns zero on error.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'get',
+    params = { { 'func', 'function' }, { 'what', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'any',
+    signature = 'get({func}, {what})',
+  },
+  getbufinfo = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    name = 'getbufinfo',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
+    signature = 'getbufinfo([{buf}])',
+    returns = 'vim.fn.getbufinfo.ret.item[]',
+  },
+  getbufinfo__1 = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get information about buffers as a List of Dictionaries.
+
+      Without an argument information about all the buffers is
+      returned.
+
+      When the argument is a |Dictionary| only the buffers matching
+      the specified criteria are returned.  The following keys can
+      be specified in {dict}:
+      	buflisted	include only listed buffers.
+      	bufloaded	include only loaded buffers.
+      	bufmodified	include only modified buffers.
+
+      Otherwise, {buf} specifies a particular buffer to return
+      information for.  For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()|
+      above.  If the buffer is found the returned List has one item.
+      Otherwise the result is an empty list.
+
+      Each returned List item is a dictionary with the following
+      entries:
+      	bufnr		Buffer number.
+      	changed		TRUE if the buffer is modified.
+      	changedtick	Number of changes made to the buffer.
+      	hidden		TRUE if the buffer is hidden.
+      	lastused	Timestamp in seconds, like
+      			|localtime()|, when the buffer was
+      			last used.
+      	listed		TRUE if the buffer is listed.
+      	lnum		Line number used for the buffer when
+      			opened in the current window.
+      			Only valid if the buffer has been
+      			displayed in the window in the past.
+      			If you want the line number of the
+      			last known cursor position in a given
+      			window, use |line()|: >vim
+      				echo line('.', {winid})
+      <
+      	linecount	Number of lines in the buffer (only
+      			valid when loaded)
+      	loaded		TRUE if the buffer is loaded.
+      	name		Full path to the file in the buffer.
+      	signs		List of signs placed in the buffer.
+      			Each list item is a dictionary with
+      			the following fields:
+      			    id	  sign identifier
+      			    lnum  line number
+      			    name  sign name
+      	variables	A reference to the dictionary with
+      			buffer-local variables.
+      	windows		List of |window-ID|s that display this
+      			buffer
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	for buf in getbufinfo()
+      	    echo buf.name
+      	endfor
+      	for buf in getbufinfo({'buflisted':1})
+      	    if buf.changed
+      		" ....
+      	    endif
+      	endfor
+      <
+      To get buffer-local options use: >vim
+      	getbufvar({bufnr}, '&option_name')
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getbufinfo',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'vim.fn.getbufinfo.dict' } },
+    signature = 'getbufinfo([{dict}])',
+    returns = 'vim.fn.getbufinfo.ret.item[]',
+  },
+  getbufline = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a |List| with the lines starting from {lnum} to {end}
+      (inclusive) in the buffer {buf}.  If {end} is omitted, a
+      |List| with only the line {lnum} is returned.  See
+      `getbufoneline()` for only getting the line.
+
+      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
+
+      For {lnum} and {end} "$" can be used for the last line of the
+      buffer.  Otherwise a number must be used.
+
+      When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
+      lines in the buffer, an empty |List| is returned.
+
+      When {end} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
+      it is treated as {end} is set to the number of lines in the
+      buffer.  When {end} is before {lnum} an empty |List| is
+      returned.
+
+      This function works only for loaded buffers.  For unloaded and
+      non-existing buffers, an empty |List| is returned.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getbufline',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'end', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])',
+  },
+  getbufoneline = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Just like `getbufline()` but only get one line and return it
+      as a string.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getbufoneline',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'getbufoneline({buf}, {lnum})',
+    returns = 'string',
+  },
+  getbufvar = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
+      {varname} in buffer {buf}.  Note that the name without "b:"
+      must be used.
+      The {varname} argument is a string.
+      When {varname} is empty returns a |Dictionary| with all the
+      buffer-local variables.
+      When {varname} is equal to "&" returns a |Dictionary| with all
+      the buffer-local options.
+      Otherwise, when {varname} starts with "&" returns the value of
+      a buffer-local option.
+      This also works for a global or buffer-local option, but it
+      doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
+      window-local option.
+      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
+      When the buffer or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
+      string is returned, there is no error message.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
+      	echo "todo myvar = " .. getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getbufvar',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'def', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])',
+  },
+  getcellwidths = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| of cell widths of character ranges overridden
+      by |setcellwidths()|.  The format is equal to the argument of
+      |setcellwidths()|.  If no character ranges have their cell
+      widths overridden, an empty List is returned.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcellwidths',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'getcellwidths()',
+  },
+  getchangelist = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the |changelist| for the buffer {buf}. For the use
+      of {buf}, see |bufname()| above. If buffer {buf} doesn't
+      exist, an empty list is returned.
+
+      The returned list contains two entries: a list with the change
+      locations and the current position in the list.  Each
+      entry in the change list is a dictionary with the following
+      entries:
+      	col		column number
+      	coladd		column offset for 'virtualedit'
+      	lnum		line number
+      If buffer {buf} is the current buffer, then the current
+      position refers to the position in the list. For other
+      buffers, it is set to the length of the list.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getchangelist',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
+    returns = 'table[]',
+    signature = 'getchangelist([{buf}])',
+  },
+  getchar = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Get a single character from the user or input stream.
+      If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
+      If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available.
+      	Return zero otherwise.
+      If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
+      	not consumed.  Return zero if no character available.
+      If you prefer always getting a string use |getcharstr()|.
+
+      Without [expr] and when [expr] is 0 a whole character or
+      special key is returned.  If it is a single character, the
+      result is a Number.  Use |nr2char()| to convert it to a String.
+      Otherwise a String is returned with the encoded character.
+      For a special key it's a String with a sequence of bytes
+      starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).  This is the same value as
+      the String "\<Key>", e.g., "\<Left>".  The returned value is
+      also a String when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used
+      that is not included in the character.
+
+      When [expr] is 0 and Esc is typed, there will be a short delay
+      while Vim waits to see if this is the start of an escape
+      sequence.
+
+      When [expr] is 1 only the first byte is returned.  For a
+      one-byte character it is the character itself as a number.
+      Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
+
+      Use getcharmod() to obtain any additional modifiers.
+
+      When the user clicks a mouse button, the mouse event will be
+      returned.  The position can then be found in |v:mouse_col|,
+      |v:mouse_lnum|, |v:mouse_winid| and |v:mouse_win|.
+      |getmousepos()| can also be used.  Mouse move events will be
+      ignored.
+      This example positions the mouse as it would normally happen: >vim
+      	let c = getchar()
+      	if c == "\<LeftMouse>" && v:mouse_win > 0
+      	  exe v:mouse_win .. "wincmd w"
+      	  exe v:mouse_lnum
+      	  exe "normal " .. v:mouse_col .. "|"
+      	endif
+      <
+      There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
+      user that a character has to be typed.  The screen is not
+      redrawn, e.g. when resizing the window.
+
+      There is no mapping for the character.
+      Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
+      key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
+      sequence.  Examples: >vim
+      	getchar() == "\<Del>"
+      	getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
+      <This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >vim
+      	nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
+      	function FindChar()
+      	  let c = nr2char(getchar())
+      	  while col('.') < col('$') - 1
+      	    normal l
+      	    if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
+      	      break
+      	    endif
+      	  endwhile
+      	endfunction
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getchar',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'getchar([expr])',
+  },
+  getcharmod = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
+      the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way.
+      These values are added together:
+      	2	shift
+      	4	control
+      	8	alt (meta)
+      	16	meta (when it's different from ALT)
+      	32	mouse double click
+      	64	mouse triple click
+      	96	mouse quadruple click (== 32 + 64)
+      	128	command (Macintosh only)
+      Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
+      character itself are obtained.  Thus Shift-a results in "A"
+      without a modifier.  Returns 0 if no modifiers are used.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcharmod',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'getcharmod()',
+  },
+  getcharpos = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get the position for String {expr}. Same as |getpos()| but the
+      column number in the returned List is a character index
+      instead of a byte index.
+      If |getpos()| returns a very large column number, equal to
+      |v:maxcol|, then getcharpos() will return the character index
+      of the last character.
+
+      Example:
+      With the cursor on '세' in line 5 with text "여보세요": >vim
+      	getcharpos('.')		returns [0, 5, 3, 0]
+      	getpos('.')		returns [0, 5, 7, 0]
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcharpos',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer[]',
+    signature = 'getcharpos({expr})',
+  },
+  getcharsearch = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the current character search information as a {dict}
+      with the following entries:
+
+          char	character previously used for a character
+      		search (|t|, |f|, |T|, or |F|); empty string
+      		if no character search has been performed
+          forward	direction of character search; 1 for forward,
+      		0 for backward
+          until	type of character search; 1 for a |t| or |T|
+      		character search, 0 for an |f| or |F|
+      		character search
+
+      This can be useful to always have |;| and |,| search
+      forward/backward regardless of the direction of the previous
+      character search: >vim
+      	nnoremap <expr> ; getcharsearch().forward ? ';' : ','
+      	nnoremap <expr> , getcharsearch().forward ? ',' : ';'
+      <Also see |setcharsearch()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcharsearch',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'table[]',
+    signature = 'getcharsearch()',
+  },
+  getcharstr = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Get a single character from the user or input stream as a
+      string.
+      If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
+      If [expr] is 0 or false, only get a character when one is
+      	available.  Return an empty string otherwise.
+      If [expr] is 1 or true, only check if a character is
+      	available, it is not consumed.  Return an empty string
+      	if no character is available.
+      Otherwise this works like |getchar()|, except that a number
+      result is converted to a string.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcharstr',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'getcharstr([expr])',
+  },
+  getcmdcompltype = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the type of the current command-line completion.
+      Only works when the command line is being edited, thus
+      requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|.
+      See |:command-completion| for the return string.
+      Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()|, |getcmdline()| and
+      |setcmdline()|.
+      Returns an empty string when completion is not defined.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcmdcompltype',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'getcmdcompltype()',
+  },
+  getcmdline = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the current command-line.  Only works when the command
+      line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
+      |c_CTRL-R_=|.
+      Example: >vim
+      	cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
+      <Also see |getcmdtype()|, |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()| and
+      |setcmdline()|.
+      Returns an empty string when entering a password or using
+      |inputsecret()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcmdline',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'getcmdline()',
+  },
+  getcmdpos = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
+      byte count.  The first column is 1.
+      Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
+      |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
+      Returns 0 otherwise.
+      Also see |getcmdtype()|, |setcmdpos()|, |getcmdline()| and
+      |setcmdline()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcmdpos',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'getcmdpos()',
+  },
+  getcmdscreenpos = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the screen position of the cursor in the command line
+      as a byte count.  The first column is 1.
+      Instead of |getcmdpos()|, it adds the prompt position.
+      Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
+      |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
+      Returns 0 otherwise.
+      Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()|, |getcmdline()| and
+      |setcmdline()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcmdscreenpos',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'getcmdscreenpos()',
+  },
+  getcmdtype = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the current command-line type. Possible return values
+      are:
+          :	normal Ex command
+          >	debug mode command |debug-mode|
+          /	forward search command
+          ?	backward search command
+          @	|input()| command
+          `-`	|:insert| or |:append| command
+          =	|i_CTRL-R_=|
+      Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
+      |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
+      Returns an empty string otherwise.
+      Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcmdtype',
+    params = {},
+    returns = "':'|'>'|'/'|'?'|'@'|'-'|'='",
+    signature = 'getcmdtype()',
+  },
+  getcmdwintype = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the current |command-line-window| type. Possible return
+      values are the same as |getcmdtype()|. Returns an empty string
+      when not in the command-line window.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcmdwintype',
+    params = {},
+    returns = "':'|'>'|'/'|'?'|'@'|'-'|'='",
+    signature = 'getcmdwintype()',
+  },
+  getcompletion = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a list of command-line completion matches. The String
+      {type} argument specifies what for.  The following completion
+      types are supported:
+
+      arglist		file names in argument list
+      augroup		autocmd groups
+      buffer		buffer names
+      breakpoint	|:breakadd| and |:breakdel| suboptions
+      cmdline		|cmdline-completion| result
+      color		color schemes
+      command		Ex command
+      compiler	compilers
+      custom,{func}	custom completion, defined via {func}
+      customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
+      diff_buffer	|:diffget| and |:diffput| completion
+      dir		directory names
+      environment	environment variable names
+      event		autocommand events
+      expression	Vim expression
+      file		file and directory names
+      file_in_path	file and directory names in |'path'|
+      filetype	filetype names |'filetype'|
+      function	function name
+      help		help subjects
+      highlight	highlight groups
+      history		|:history| suboptions
+      locale		locale names (as output of locale -a)
+      mapclear	buffer argument
+      mapping		mapping name
+      menu		menus
+      messages	|:messages| suboptions
+      option		options
+      packadd		optional package |pack-add| names
+      runtime		|:runtime| completion
+      scriptnames	sourced script names |:scriptnames|
+      shellcmd	Shell command
+      sign		|:sign| suboptions
+      syntax		syntax file names |'syntax'|
+      syntime		|:syntime| suboptions
+      tag		tags
+      tag_listfiles	tags, file names
+      user		user names
+      var		user variables
+
+      If {pat} is an empty string, then all the matches are
+      returned.  Otherwise only items matching {pat} are returned.
+      See |wildcards| for the use of special characters in {pat}.
+
+      If the optional {filtered} flag is set to 1, then 'wildignore'
+      is applied to filter the results.  Otherwise all the matches
+      are returned. The 'wildignorecase' option always applies.
+
+      If the 'wildoptions' option contains "fuzzy", then fuzzy
+      matching is used to get the completion matches. Otherwise
+      regular expression matching is used.  Thus this function
+      follows the user preference, what happens on the command line.
+      If you do not want this you can make 'wildoptions' empty
+      before calling getcompletion() and restore it afterwards.
+
+      If {type} is "cmdline", then the |cmdline-completion| result is
+      returned.  For example, to complete the possible values after
+      a ":call" command: >vim
+      	echo getcompletion('call ', 'cmdline')
+      <
+      If there are no matches, an empty list is returned.  An
+      invalid value for {type} produces an error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcompletion',
+    params = { { 'pat', 'any' }, { 'type', 'any' }, { 'filtered', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string[]',
+    signature = 'getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])',
+  },
+  getcurpos = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
+      includes an extra "curswant" item in the list:
+          [0, lnum, col, off, curswant] ~
+      The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
+      cursor vertically.  After |$| command it will be a very large
+      number equal to |v:maxcol|.  Also see |getcursorcharpos()| and
+      |getpos()|.
+      The first "bufnum" item is always zero. The byte position of
+      the cursor is returned in "col". To get the character
+      position, use |getcursorcharpos()|.
+
+      The optional {winid} argument can specify the window.  It can
+      be the window number or the |window-ID|.  The last known
+      cursor position is returned, this may be invalid for the
+      current value of the buffer if it is not the current window.
+      If {winid} is invalid a list with zeroes is returned.
+
+      This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >vim
+      	let save_cursor = getcurpos()
+      	MoveTheCursorAround
+      	call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+      <Note that this only works within the window.  See
+      |winrestview()| for restoring more state.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcurpos',
+    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'getcurpos([{winid}])',
+  },
+  getcursorcharpos = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |getcurpos()| but the column number in the returned
+      List is a character index instead of a byte index.
+
+      Example:
+      With the cursor on '보' in line 3 with text "여보세요": >vim
+      	getcursorcharpos()	" returns [0, 3, 2, 0, 3]
+      	getcurpos()		" returns [0, 3, 4, 0, 3]
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcursorcharpos',
+    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'getcursorcharpos([{winid}])',
+  },
+  getcwd = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      With no arguments, returns the name of the effective
+      |current-directory|. With {winnr} or {tabnr} the working
+      directory of that scope is returned, and 'autochdir' is
+      ignored.
+      Tabs and windows are identified by their respective numbers,
+      0 means current tab or window. Missing tab number implies 0.
+      Thus the following are equivalent: >vim
+      	getcwd(0)
+      	getcwd(0, 0)
+      <If {winnr} is -1 it is ignored, only the tab is resolved.
+      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+      If both {winnr} and {tabnr} are -1 the global working
+      directory is returned.
+      Throw error if the arguments are invalid. |E5000| |E5001| |E5002|
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getcwd',
+    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'getcwd([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])',
+  },
+  getenv = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the value of environment variable {name}.  The {name}
+      argument is a string, without a leading '$'.  Example: >vim
+      	myHome = getenv('HOME')
+
+      <When the variable does not exist |v:null| is returned.  That
+      is different from a variable set to an empty string.
+      See also |expr-env|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getenv',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'getenv({name})',
+  },
+  getfontname = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
+      used.  Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
+      |hl-Normal|.
+      With an argument a check is done whether String {name} is a
+      valid font name.  If not then an empty string is returned.
+      Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
+      GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
+      Only works when the GUI is running, thus not in your vimrc or
+      gvimrc file.  Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
+      function just after the GUI has started.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getfontname',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'getfontname([{name}])',
+  },
+  getfperm = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
+      permissions of the given file {fname}.
+      If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an
+      empty string is returned.
+      The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
+      "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
+      of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
+      If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
+      is replaced with the string "-".  Examples: >vim
+      	echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
+      	echo getfperm(expand("~/.config/nvim/init.vim"))
+      <This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
+      the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
+
+      For setting permissions use |setfperm()|.
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'getfperm',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'getfperm({fname})',
+  },
+  getfsize = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the
+      given file {fname}.
+      If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
+      If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
+      If the size of {fname} is too big to fit in a Number then -2
+      is returned.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'getfsize',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'getfsize({fname})',
+  },
+  getftime = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of
+      the given file {fname}.  The value is measured as seconds
+      since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime().  See also
+      |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
+      If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'getftime',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'getftime({fname})',
+  },
+  getftype = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of
+      file of the given file {fname}.
+      If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned.
+      Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
+      results:
+      	Normal file		"file"
+      	Directory		"dir"
+      	Symbolic link		"link"
+      	Block device		"bdev"
+      	Character device	"cdev"
+      	Socket			"socket"
+      	FIFO			"fifo"
+      	All other		"other"
+      Example: >vim
+      	getftype("/home")
+      <Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
+      systems that support it.  On some systems only "dir" and
+      "file" are returned.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'getftype',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
+    returns = "'file'|'dir'|'link'|'bdev'|'cdev'|'socket'|'fifo'|'other'",
+    signature = 'getftype({fname})',
+  },
+  getjumplist = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the |jumplist| for the specified window.
+
+      Without arguments use the current window.
+      With {winnr} only use this window in the current tab page.
+      {winnr} can also be a |window-ID|.
+      With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in the specified tab
+      page.  If {winnr} or {tabnr} is invalid, an empty list is
+      returned.
+
+      The returned list contains two entries: a list with the jump
+      locations and the last used jump position number in the list.
+      Each entry in the jump location list is a dictionary with
+      the following entries:
+      	bufnr		buffer number
+      	col		column number
+      	coladd		column offset for 'virtualedit'
+      	filename	filename if available
+      	lnum		line number
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getjumplist',
+    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'getjumplist([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])',
+    returns = 'vim.fn.getjumplist.ret',
+  },
+  getline = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
+      from the current buffer.  Example: >vim
+      	getline(1)
+      <When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
+      digit, |line()| is called to translate the String into a Number.
+      To get the line under the cursor: >vim
+      	getline(".")
+      <When {lnum} is a number smaller than 1 or bigger than the
+      number of lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.
+
+      When {end} is given the result is a |List| where each item is
+      a line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end},
+      including line {end}.
+      {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
+      Non-existing lines are silently omitted.
+      When {end} is before {lnum} an empty |List| is returned.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let start = line('.')
+      	let end = search("^$") - 1
+      	let lines = getline(start, end)
+
+      <To get lines from another buffer see |getbufline()| and
+      |getbufoneline()|
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getline',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'end', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string|string[]',
+    signature = 'getline({lnum} [, {end}])',
+  },
+  getloclist = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| with all the entries in the location list for
+      window {nr}.  {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+      When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
+
+      For a location list window, the displayed location list is
+      returned.  For an invalid window number {nr}, an empty list is
+      returned. Otherwise, same as |getqflist()|.
+
+      If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
+      returns the items listed in {what} as a dictionary. Refer to
+      |getqflist()| for the supported items in {what}.
+
+      In addition to the items supported by |getqflist()| in {what},
+      the following item is supported by |getloclist()|:
+
+      	filewinid	id of the window used to display files
+      			from the location list. This field is
+      			applicable only when called from a
+      			location list window. See
+      			|location-list-file-window| for more
+      			details.
+
+      Returns a |Dictionary| with default values if there is no
+      location list for the window {nr}.
+      Returns an empty Dictionary if window {nr} does not exist.
+
+      Examples (See also |getqflist-examples|): >vim
+      	echo getloclist(3, {'all': 0})
+      	echo getloclist(5, {'filewinid': 0})
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getloclist',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'what', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'getloclist({nr} [, {what}])',
+  },
+  getmarklist = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Without the {buf} argument returns a |List| with information
+      about all the global marks. |mark|
+
+      If the optional {buf} argument is specified, returns the
+      local marks defined in buffer {buf}.  For the use of {buf},
+      see |bufname()|.  If {buf} is invalid, an empty list is
+      returned.
+
+      Each item in the returned List is a |Dict| with the following:
+          mark   name of the mark prefixed by "'"
+          pos	   a |List| with the position of the mark:
+      		[bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+      	   Refer to |getpos()| for more information.
+          file   file name
+
+      Refer to |getpos()| for getting information about a specific
+      mark.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getmarklist',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'getmarklist([{buf}])',
+  },
+  getmatches = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| with all matches previously defined for the
+      current window by |matchadd()| and the |:match| commands.
+      |getmatches()| is useful in combination with |setmatches()|,
+      as |setmatches()| can restore a list of matches saved by
+      |getmatches()|.
+      If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
+      window ID instead of the current window.  If {win} is invalid,
+      an empty list is returned.
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo getmatches()
+      < >
+      	[{"group": "MyGroup1", "pattern": "TODO",
+      	"priority": 10, "id": 1}, {"group": "MyGroup2",
+      	"pattern": "FIXME", "priority": 10, "id": 2}]
+      < >vim
+      	let m = getmatches()
+      	call clearmatches()
+      	echo getmatches()
+      < >
+      	[]
+      < >vim
+      	call setmatches(m)
+      	echo getmatches()
+      < >
+      	[{"group": "MyGroup1", "pattern": "TODO",
+      	"priority": 10, "id": 1}, {"group": "MyGroup2",
+      	"pattern": "FIXME", "priority": 10, "id": 2}]
+      < >vim
+      	unlet m
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getmatches',
+    params = { { 'win', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'getmatches([{win}])',
+  },
+  getmousepos = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |Dictionary| with the last known position of the
+      mouse.  This can be used in a mapping for a mouse click.  The
+      items are:
+      	screenrow	screen row
+      	screencol	screen column
+      	winid		Window ID of the click
+      	winrow		row inside "winid"
+      	wincol		column inside "winid"
+      	line		text line inside "winid"
+      	column		text column inside "winid"
+      	coladd		offset (in screen columns) from the
+      			start of the clicked char
+      All numbers are 1-based.
+
+      If not over a window, e.g. when in the command line, then only
+      "screenrow" and "screencol" are valid, the others are zero.
+
+      When on the status line below a window or the vertical
+      separator right of a window, the "line" and "column" values
+      are zero.
+
+      When the position is after the text then "column" is the
+      length of the text in bytes plus one.
+
+      If the mouse is over a focusable floating window then that
+      window is used.
+
+      When using |getchar()| the Vim variables |v:mouse_lnum|,
+      |v:mouse_col| and |v:mouse_winid| also provide these values.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getmousepos',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'getmousepos()',
+    returns = 'vim.fn.getmousepos.ret',
+  },
+  getpid = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
+      This is a unique number, until Vim exits.
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'getpid',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'getpid()',
+  },
+  getpos = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get the position for String {expr}.  For possible values of
+      {expr} see |line()|.  For getting the cursor position see
+      |getcurpos()|.
+      The result is a |List| with four numbers:
+          [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+      "bufnum" is zero, unless a mark like '0 or 'A is used, then it
+      is the buffer number of the mark.
+      "lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
+      column is 1.
+      The "off" number is zero, unless 'virtualedit' is used.  Then
+      it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
+      character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
+      character.
+      Note that for '< and '> Visual mode matters: when it is "V"
+      (visual line mode) the column of '< is zero and the column of
+      '> is a large number equal to |v:maxcol|.
+      The column number in the returned List is the byte position
+      within the line. To get the character position in the line,
+      use |getcharpos()|.
+      A very large column number equal to |v:maxcol| can be returned,
+      in which case it means "after the end of the line".
+      If {expr} is invalid, returns a list with all zeros.
+      This can be used to save and restore the position of a mark: >vim
+      	let save_a_mark = getpos("'a")
+      	" ...
+      	call setpos("'a", save_a_mark)
+      <Also see |getcharpos()|, |getcurpos()| and |setpos()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getpos',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'integer[]',
+    signature = 'getpos({expr})',
+  },
+  getqflist = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| with all the current quickfix errors.  Each
+      list item is a dictionary with these entries:
+      	bufnr	number of buffer that has the file name, use
+      		bufname() to get the name
+      	module	module name
+      	lnum	line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
+      	end_lnum
+      		end of line number if the item is multiline
+      	col	column number (first column is 1)
+      	end_col	end of column number if the item has range
+      	vcol	|TRUE|: "col" is visual column
+      		|FALSE|: "col" is byte index
+      	nr	error number
+      	pattern	search pattern used to locate the error
+      	text	description of the error
+      	type	type of the error, 'E', '1', etc.
+      	valid	|TRUE|: recognized error message
+      	user_data
+      		custom data associated with the item, can be
+      		any type.
+
+      When there is no error list or it's empty, an empty list is
+      returned. Quickfix list entries with a non-existing buffer
+      number are returned with "bufnr" set to zero (Note: some
+      functions accept buffer number zero for the alternate buffer,
+      you may need to explicitly check for zero).
+
+      Useful application: Find pattern matches in multiple files and
+      do something with them: >vim
+      	vimgrep /theword/jg *.c
+      	for d in getqflist()
+      	   echo bufname(d.bufnr) ':' d.lnum '=' d.text
+      	endfor
+      <
+      If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
+      returns only the items listed in {what} as a dictionary. The
+      following string items are supported in {what}:
+      	changedtick	get the total number of changes made
+      			to the list |quickfix-changedtick|
+      	context	get the |quickfix-context|
+      	efm	errorformat to use when parsing "lines". If
+      		not present, then the 'errorformat' option
+      		value is used.
+      	id	get information for the quickfix list with
+      		|quickfix-ID|; zero means the id for the
+      		current list or the list specified by "nr"
+      	idx	get information for the quickfix entry at this
+      		index in the list specified by "id" or "nr".
+      		If set to zero, then uses the current entry.
+      		See |quickfix-index|
+      	items	quickfix list entries
+      	lines	parse a list of lines using 'efm' and return
+      		the resulting entries.  Only a |List| type is
+      		accepted.  The current quickfix list is not
+      		modified. See |quickfix-parse|.
+      	nr	get information for this quickfix list; zero
+      		means the current quickfix list and "$" means
+      		the last quickfix list
+      	qfbufnr number of the buffer displayed in the quickfix
+      		window. Returns 0 if the quickfix buffer is
+      		not present. See |quickfix-buffer|.
+      	size	number of entries in the quickfix list
+      	title	get the list title |quickfix-title|
+      	winid	get the quickfix |window-ID|
+      	all	all of the above quickfix properties
+      Non-string items in {what} are ignored. To get the value of a
+      particular item, set it to zero.
+      If "nr" is not present then the current quickfix list is used.
+      If both "nr" and a non-zero "id" are specified, then the list
+      specified by "id" is used.
+      To get the number of lists in the quickfix stack, set "nr" to
+      "$" in {what}. The "nr" value in the returned dictionary
+      contains the quickfix stack size.
+      When "lines" is specified, all the other items except "efm"
+      are ignored.  The returned dictionary contains the entry
+      "items" with the list of entries.
+
+      The returned dictionary contains the following entries:
+      	changedtick	total number of changes made to the
+      			list |quickfix-changedtick|
+      	context	quickfix list context. See |quickfix-context|
+      		If not present, set to "".
+      	id	quickfix list ID |quickfix-ID|. If not
+      		present, set to 0.
+      	idx	index of the quickfix entry in the list. If not
+      		present, set to 0.
+      	items	quickfix list entries. If not present, set to
+      		an empty list.
+      	nr	quickfix list number. If not present, set to 0
+      	qfbufnr	number of the buffer displayed in the quickfix
+      		window. If not present, set to 0.
+      	size	number of entries in the quickfix list. If not
+      		present, set to 0.
+      	title	quickfix list title text. If not present, set
+      		to "".
+      	winid	quickfix |window-ID|. If not present, set to 0
+
+      Examples (See also |getqflist-examples|): >vim
+      	echo getqflist({'all': 1})
+      	echo getqflist({'nr': 2, 'title': 1})
+      	echo getqflist({'lines' : ["F1:10:L10"]})
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getqflist',
+    params = { { 'what', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'getqflist([{what}])',
+  },
+  getreg = {
+    args = { 0, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is the contents of register
+      {regname}.  Example: >vim
+      	let cliptext = getreg('*')
+      <When register {regname} was not set the result is an empty
+      string.
+      The {regname} argument must be a string.
+
+      getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
+      register.  (For use in maps.)
+      getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
+      be restored with |setreg()|.  For other registers the extra
+      argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.
+
+      If {list} is present and |TRUE|, the result type is changed
+      to |List|. Each list item is one text line. Use it if you care
+      about zero bytes possibly present inside register: without
+      third argument both NLs and zero bytes are represented as NLs
+      (see |NL-used-for-Nul|).
+      When the register was not set an empty list is returned.
+
+      If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getreg',
+    params = { { 'regname', 'string' }, { 'list', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string|string[]',
+    signature = 'getreg([{regname} [, 1 [, {list}]]])',
+  },
+  getreginfo = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns detailed information about register {regname} as a
+      Dictionary with the following entries:
+      	regcontents	List of lines contained in register
+      			{regname}, like
+      			getreg({regname}, 1, 1).
+      	regtype		the type of register {regname}, as in
+      			|getregtype()|.
+      	isunnamed	Boolean flag, v:true if this register
+      			is currently pointed to by the unnamed
+      			register.
+      	points_to	for the unnamed register, gives the
+      			single letter name of the register
+      			currently pointed to (see |quotequote|).
+      			For example, after deleting a line
+      			with `dd`, this field will be "1",
+      			which is the register that got the
+      			deleted text.
+
+      The {regname} argument is a string.  If {regname} is invalid
+      or not set, an empty Dictionary will be returned.
+      If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
+      The returned Dictionary can be passed to |setreg()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getreginfo',
+    params = { { 'regname', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'table',
+    signature = 'getreginfo([{regname}])',
+  },
+  getregtype = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}.
+      The value will be one of:
+          "v"			for |charwise| text
+          "V"			for |linewise| text
+          "<CTRL-V>{width}"	for |blockwise-visual| text
+          ""			for an empty or unknown register
+      <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
+      The {regname} argument is a string.  If {regname} is not
+      specified, |v:register| is used.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getregtype',
+    params = { { 'regname', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'getregtype([{regname}])',
+  },
+  getscriptinfo = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| with information about all the sourced Vim
+      scripts in the order they were sourced, like what
+      `:scriptnames` shows.
+
+      The optional Dict argument {opts} supports the following
+      optional items:
+          name	Script name match pattern. If specified,
+      		and "sid" is not specified, information about
+      		scripts with a name that match the pattern
+      		"name" are returned.
+          sid		Script ID |<SID>|.  If specified, only
+      		information about the script with ID "sid" is
+      		returned and "name" is ignored.
+
+      Each item in the returned List is a |Dict| with the following
+      items:
+          autoload	Always set to FALSE.
+          functions   List of script-local function names defined in
+      		the script.  Present only when a particular
+      		script is specified using the "sid" item in
+      		{opts}.
+          name	Vim script file name.
+          sid		Script ID |<SID>|.
+          variables   A dictionary with the script-local variables.
+      		Present only when a particular script is
+      		specified using the "sid" item in {opts}.
+      		Note that this is a copy, the value of
+      		script-local variables cannot be changed using
+      		this dictionary.
+          version	Vim script version, always 1
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo getscriptinfo({'name': 'myscript'})
+      	echo getscriptinfo({'sid': 15}).variables
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getscriptinfo',
+    params = { { 'opts', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'getscriptinfo([{opts}])',
+  },
+  gettabinfo = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      If {tabnr} is not specified, then information about all the
+      tab pages is returned as a |List|. Each List item is a
+      |Dictionary|.  Otherwise, {tabnr} specifies the tab page
+      number and information about that one is returned.  If the tab
+      page does not exist an empty List is returned.
+
+      Each List item is a |Dictionary| with the following entries:
+      	tabnr		tab page number.
+      	variables	a reference to the dictionary with
+      			tabpage-local variables
+      	windows		List of |window-ID|s in the tab page.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'gettabinfo',
+    params = { { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'gettabinfo([{tabnr}])',
+  },
+  gettabvar = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page
+      {tabnr}. |t:var|
+      Tabs are numbered starting with one.
+      The {varname} argument is a string.  When {varname} is empty a
+      dictionary with all tab-local variables is returned.
+      Note that the name without "t:" must be used.
+      When the tab or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
+      string is returned, there is no error message.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'gettabvar',
+    params = { { 'tabnr', 'integer' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'def', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}])',
+  },
+  gettabwinvar = {
+    args = { 3, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get the value of window-local variable {varname} in window
+      {winnr} in tab page {tabnr}.
+      The {varname} argument is a string.  When {varname} is empty a
+      dictionary with all window-local variables is returned.
+      When {varname} is equal to "&" get the values of all
+      window-local options in a |Dictionary|.
+      Otherwise, when {varname} starts with "&" get the value of a
+      window-local option.
+      Note that {varname} must be the name without "w:".
+      Tabs are numbered starting with one.  For the current tabpage
+      use |getwinvar()|.
+      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+      When {winnr} is zero the current window is used.
+      This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
+      window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
+      or buffer-local variable.
+      When the tab, window or variable doesn't exist {def} or an
+      empty string is returned, there is no error message.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	let list_is_on = gettabwinvar(1, 2, '&list')
+      	echo "myvar = " .. gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
+      <
+      To obtain all window-local variables use: >vim
+      	gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, '&')
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'gettabwinvar',
+    params = {
+      { 'tabnr', 'integer' },
+      { 'winnr', 'integer' },
+      { 'varname', 'string' },
+      { 'def', 'any' },
+    },
+    signature = 'gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])',
+  },
+  gettagstack = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Dict, which is the tag stack of window {winnr}.
+      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+      When {winnr} is not specified, the current window is used.
+      When window {winnr} doesn't exist, an empty Dict is returned.
+
+      The returned dictionary contains the following entries:
+      	curidx		Current index in the stack. When at
+      			top of the stack, set to (length + 1).
+      			Index of bottom of the stack is 1.
+      	items		List of items in the stack. Each item
+      			is a dictionary containing the
+      			entries described below.
+      	length		Number of entries in the stack.
+
+      Each item in the stack is a dictionary with the following
+      entries:
+      	bufnr		buffer number of the current jump
+      	from		cursor position before the tag jump.
+      			See |getpos()| for the format of the
+      			returned list.
+      	matchnr		current matching tag number. Used when
+      			multiple matching tags are found for a
+      			name.
+      	tagname		name of the tag
+
+      See |tagstack| for more information about the tag stack.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'gettagstack',
+    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'gettagstack([{winnr}])',
+  },
+  gettext = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Translate String {text} if possible.
+      This is mainly for use in the distributed Vim scripts.  When
+      generating message translations the {text} is extracted by
+      xgettext, the translator can add the translated message in the
+      .po file and Vim will lookup the translation when gettext() is
+      called.
+      For {text} double quoted strings are preferred, because
+      xgettext does not understand escaping in single quoted
+      strings.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'gettext',
+    params = { { 'text', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'gettext({text})',
+  },
+  getwininfo = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns information about windows as a |List| with Dictionaries.
+
+      If {winid} is given Information about the window with that ID
+      is returned, as a |List| with one item.  If the window does not
+      exist the result is an empty list.
+
+      Without {winid} information about all the windows in all the
+      tab pages is returned.
+
+      Each List item is a |Dictionary| with the following entries:
+      	botline		last complete displayed buffer line
+      	bufnr		number of buffer in the window
+      	height		window height (excluding winbar)
+      	loclist		1 if showing a location list
+      	quickfix	1 if quickfix or location list window
+      	terminal	1 if a terminal window
+      	tabnr		tab page number
+      	topline		first displayed buffer line
+      	variables	a reference to the dictionary with
+      			window-local variables
+      	width		window width
+      	winbar		1 if the window has a toolbar, 0
+      			otherwise
+      	wincol		leftmost screen column of the window;
+      			"col" from |win_screenpos()|
+      	textoff		number of columns occupied by any
+      			'foldcolumn', 'signcolumn' and line
+      			number in front of the text
+      	winid		|window-ID|
+      	winnr		window number
+      	winrow		topmost screen line of the window;
+      			"row" from |win_screenpos()|
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getwininfo',
+    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'getwininfo([{winid}])',
+    returns = 'vim.fn.getwininfo.ret.item[]'
+  },
+  getwinpos = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a |List| with two numbers, the result of
+      |getwinposx()| and |getwinposy()| combined:
+      	[x-pos, y-pos]
+      {timeout} can be used to specify how long to wait in msec for
+      a response from the terminal.  When omitted 100 msec is used.
+
+      Use a longer time for a remote terminal.
+      When using a value less than 10 and no response is received
+      within that time, a previously reported position is returned,
+      if available.  This can be used to poll for the position and
+      do some work in the meantime: >vim
+      	while 1
+      	  let res = getwinpos(1)
+      	  if res[0] >= 0
+      	    break
+      	  endif
+      	  " Do some work here
+      	endwhile
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getwinpos',
+    params = { { 'timeout', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'getwinpos([{timeout}])',
+  },
+  getwinposx = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
+      the left hand side of the GUI Vim window.  The result will be
+      -1 if the information is not available.
+      The value can be used with `:winpos`.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getwinposx',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'getwinposx()',
+  },
+  getwinposy = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
+      the top of the GUI Vim window.  The result will be -1 if the
+      information is not available.
+      The value can be used with `:winpos`.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getwinposy',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'getwinposy()',
+  },
+  getwinvar = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |gettabwinvar()| for the current tabpage.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
+      	echo "myvar = " .. getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'getwinvar',
+    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'def', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])',
+  },
+  glob = {
+    args = { 1, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Expand the file wildcards in {expr}.  See |wildcards| for the
+      use of special characters.
+
+      Unless the optional {nosuf} argument is given and is |TRUE|,
+      the 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' options apply: Names matching
+      one of the patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped and
+      'suffixes' affect the ordering of matches.
+      'wildignorecase' always applies.
+
+      When {list} is present and it is |TRUE| the result is a |List|
+      with all matching files. The advantage of using a List is,
+      you also get filenames containing newlines correctly.
+      Otherwise the result is a String and when there are several
+      matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.
+
+      If the expansion fails, the result is an empty String or List.
+
+      You can also use |readdir()| if you need to do complicated
+      things, such as limiting the number of matches.
+
+      A name for a non-existing file is not included.  A symbolic
+      link is only included if it points to an existing file.
+      However, when the {alllinks} argument is present and it is
+      |TRUE| then all symbolic links are included.
+
+      For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
+      any external command.  Example: >vim
+      	let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
+      	let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
+      <The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
+      item per line.  Spaces inside an item are allowed.
+
+      See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables.  See
+      |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'glob',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'nosuf', 'boolean' }, { 'list', 'any' }, { 'alllinks', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])',
+  },
+  glob2regpat = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Convert a file pattern, as used by glob(), into a search
+      pattern.  The result can be used to match with a string that
+      is a file name.  E.g. >vim
+      	if filename =~ glob2regpat('Make*.mak')
+	  " ...
+	endif
+      <This is equivalent to: >vim
+      	if filename =~ '^Make.*\.mak$'
+	  " ...
+	endif
+      <When {string} is an empty string the result is "^$", match an
+      empty string.
+      Note that the result depends on the system.  On MS-Windows
+      a backslash usually means a path separator.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'glob2regpat',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'glob2regpat({string})',
+  },
+  globpath = {
+    args = { 2, 5 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Perform glob() for String {expr} on all directories in {path}
+      and concatenate the results.  Example: >vim
+      	echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
+      <
+      {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names.  Each
+      directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
+      |glob()|.  A path separator is inserted when needed.
+      To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
+      backslash.  Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
+      trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
+      If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
+      error message.
+
+      Unless the optional {nosuf} argument is given and is |TRUE|,
+      the 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' options apply: Names matching
+      one of the patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped and
+      'suffixes' affect the ordering of matches.
+
+      When {list} is present and it is |TRUE| the result is a |List|
+      with all matching files. The advantage of using a List is, you
+      also get filenames containing newlines correctly. Otherwise
+      the result is a String and when there are several matches,
+      they are separated by <NL> characters.  Example: >vim
+      	echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim", 0, 1)
+      <
+      {allinks} is used as with |glob()|.
+
+      The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
+      For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
+      in 'runtimepath' and below: >vim
+      	echo globpath(&rtp, "**/README.txt")
+      <Upwards search and limiting the depth of "**" is not
+      supported, thus using 'path' will not always work properly.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'globpath',
+    params = {
+      { 'path', 'string' },
+      { 'expr', 'any' },
+      { 'nosuf', 'boolean' },
+      { 'list', 'any' },
+      { 'allinks', 'any' },
+    },
+    signature = 'globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {allinks}]]])',
+  },
+  has = {
+    args = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns 1 if {feature} is supported, 0 otherwise.  The
+      {feature} argument is a feature name like "nvim-0.2.1" or
+      "win32", see below.  See also |exists()|.
+
+      To get the system name use |vim.uv|.os_uname() in Lua: >lua
+      	print(vim.uv.os_uname().sysname)
+
+      <If the code has a syntax error then Vimscript may skip the
+      rest of the line.  Put |:if| and |:endif| on separate lines to
+      avoid the syntax error: >vim
+      	if has('feature')
+      	  let x = this_breaks_without_the_feature()
+      	endif
+      <
+      Vim's compile-time feature-names (prefixed with "+") are not
+      recognized because Nvim is always compiled with all possible
+      features. |feature-compile|
+
+      Feature names can be:
+      1.  Nvim version. For example the "nvim-0.2.1" feature means
+          that Nvim is version 0.2.1 or later: >vim
+      	if has("nvim-0.2.1")
+      	  " ...
+      	endif
+
+      <2.  Runtime condition or other pseudo-feature. For example the
+          "win32" feature checks if the current system is Windows: >vim
+      	if has("win32")
+      	  " ...
+      	endif
+      <					*feature-list*
+          List of supported pseudo-feature names:
+      	acl		|ACL| support.
+      	bsd		BSD system (not macOS, use "mac" for that).
+      	clipboard	|clipboard| provider is available.
+      	fname_case	Case in file names matters (for Darwin and MS-Windows
+      			this is not present).
+      	gui_running	Nvim has a GUI.
+      	iconv		Can use |iconv()| for conversion.
+      	linux		Linux system.
+      	mac		MacOS system.
+      	nvim		This is Nvim.
+      	python3		Legacy Vim |python3| interface. |has-python|
+      	pythonx		Legacy Vim |python_x| interface. |has-pythonx|
+      	sun		SunOS system.
+      	ttyin		input is a terminal (tty).
+      	ttyout		output is a terminal (tty).
+      	unix		Unix system.
+      	*vim_starting*	True during |startup|.
+      	win32		Windows system (32 or 64 bit).
+      	win64		Windows system (64 bit).
+      	wsl		WSL (Windows Subsystem for Linux) system.
+
+      					*has-patch*
+      3.  Vim patch. For example the "patch123" feature means that
+          Vim patch 123 at the current |v:version| was included: >vim
+      	if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
+      	  " ...
+      	endif
+
+      <4.  Vim version. For example the "patch-7.4.237" feature means
+          that Nvim is Vim-compatible to version 7.4.237 or later. >vim
+      	if has("patch-7.4.237")
+      	  " ...
+      	endif
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'has',
+    params = { { 'feature', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'has({feature})',
+  },
+  has_key = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is TRUE if |Dictionary| {dict}
+      has an entry with key {key}.  FALSE otherwise. The {key}
+      argument is a string.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'has_key',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'any' }, { 'key', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'has_key({dict}, {key})',
+  },
+  haslocaldir = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is 1 when the window has set a
+      local path via |:lcd| or when {winnr} is -1 and the tabpage
+      has set a local path via |:tcd|, otherwise 0.
+
+      Tabs and windows are identified by their respective numbers,
+      0 means current tab or window. Missing argument implies 0.
+      Thus the following are equivalent: >vim
+      	echo haslocaldir()
+      	echo haslocaldir(0)
+      	echo haslocaldir(0, 0)
+      <With {winnr} use that window in the current tabpage.
+      With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in that tabpage.
+      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+      If {winnr} is -1 it is ignored, only the tab is resolved.
+      Throw error if the arguments are invalid. |E5000| |E5001| |E5002|
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'haslocaldir',
+    params = { { 'winnr', 'integer' }, { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'haslocaldir([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])',
+  },
+  hasmapto = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is TRUE if there is a mapping
+      that contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is
+      mapped to) and this mapping exists in one of the modes
+      indicated by {mode}.
+      The arguments {what} and {mode} are strings.
+      When {abbr} is there and it is |TRUE| use abbreviations
+      instead of mappings.  Don't forget to specify Insert and/or
+      Command-line mode.
+      Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
+      buffer are checked for a match.
+      If no matching mapping is found FALSE is returned.
+      The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
+      	n	Normal mode
+      	v	Visual and Select mode
+      	x	Visual mode
+      	s	Select mode
+      	o	Operator-pending mode
+      	i	Insert mode
+      	l	Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
+      	c	Command-line mode
+      When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.
+
+      This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
+      to a function in a Vim script.  Example: >vim
+      	if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
+      	   map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
+      	endif
+      <This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
+      already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'hasmapto',
+    params = { { 'what', 'any' }, { 'mode', 'string' }, { 'abbr', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'hasmapto({what} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])',
+  },
+  highlightID = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Obsolete name for |hlID()|.
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_hlID',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'highlightID({name})',
+  },
+  highlight_exists = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Obsolete name for |hlexists()|.
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_hlexists',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'highlight_exists({name})',
+  },
+  histadd = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
+      one of:					*hist-names*
+      	"cmd"	 or ":"	  command line history
+      	"search" or "/"   search pattern history
+      	"expr"	 or "="   typed expression history
+      	"input"  or "@"	  input line history
+      	"debug"  or ">"   debug command history
+      	empty		  the current or last used history
+      The {history} string does not need to be the whole name, one
+      character is sufficient.
+      If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
+      shifted to become the newest entry.
+      The result is a Number: TRUE if the operation was successful,
+      otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
+      	let date=input("Enter date: ")
+      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'histadd',
+    params = { { 'history', 'any' }, { 'item', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'histadd({history}, {item})',
+  },
+  histdel = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Clear {history}, i.e. delete all its entries.  See |hist-names|
+      for the possible values of {history}.
+
+      If the parameter {item} evaluates to a String, it is used as a
+      regular expression.  All entries matching that expression will
+      be removed from the history (if there are any).
+      Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
+      If {item} evaluates to a Number, it will be interpreted as
+      an index, see |:history-indexing|.  The respective entry will
+      be removed if it exists.
+
+      The result is TRUE for a successful operation, otherwise FALSE
+      is returned.
+
+      Examples:
+      Clear expression register history: >vim
+      	call histdel("expr")
+      <
+      Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >vim
+      	call histdel("/", '^\*')
+      <
+      The following three are equivalent: >vim
+      	call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
+      	call histdel("search", -1)
+      	call histdel("search", '^' .. histget("search", -1) .. '$')
+      <
+      To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
+      the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >vim
+      	call histdel("search", -1)
+      	let @/ = histget("search", -1)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'histdel',
+    params = { { 'history', 'any' }, { 'item', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'histdel({history} [, {item}])',
+  },
+  histget = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from
+      {history}.  See |hist-names| for the possible values of
+      {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}.  If there is
+      no such entry, an empty String is returned.  When {index} is
+      omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.
+
+      Examples:
+      Redo the second last search from history. >vim
+      	execute '/' .. histget("search", -2)
+
+      <Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
+      the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >vim
+      	command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'histget',
+    params = { { 'history', 'any' }, { 'index', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'histget({history} [, {index}])',
+  },
+  histnr = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
+      See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
+      If an error occurred, -1 is returned.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	let inp_index = histnr("expr")
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'histnr',
+    params = { { 'history', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'histnr({history})',
+  },
+  hlID = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group
+      with name {name}.  When the highlight group doesn't exist,
+      zero is returned.
+      This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
+      group.  For example, to get the background color of the
+      "Comment" group: >vim
+      	echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'hlID',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'hlID({name})',
+  },
+  hlexists = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is TRUE if a highlight group
+      called {name} exists.  This is when the group has been
+      defined in some way.  Not necessarily when highlighting has
+      been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
+      item.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'hlexists',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'hlexists({name})',
+  },
+  hostname = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on
+      which Vim is currently running.  Machine names greater than
+      256 characters long are truncated.
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'hostname',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'hostname()',
+  },
+  iconv = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is the text {string} converted
+      from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
+      When the conversion completely fails an empty string is
+      returned.  When some characters could not be converted they
+      are replaced with "?".
+      The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
+      can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
+      Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
+      from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8.  You
+      cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'iconv',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'from', 'any' }, { 'to', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'iconv({string}, {from}, {to})',
+  },
+  id = {
+    args = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |String| which is a unique identifier of the
+      container type (|List|, |Dict|, |Blob| and |Partial|). It is
+      guaranteed that for the mentioned types `id(v1) ==# id(v2)`
+      returns true iff `type(v1) == type(v2) && v1 is v2`.
+      Note that `v:_null_string`, `v:_null_list`, `v:_null_dict` and
+      `v:_null_blob` have the same `id()` with different types
+      because they are internally represented as NULL pointers.
+      `id()` returns a hexadecimal representanion of the pointers to
+      the containers (i.e. like `0x994a40`), same as `printf("%p",
+      {expr})`, but it is advised against counting on the exact
+      format of the return value.
+
+      It is not guaranteed that `id(no_longer_existing_container)`
+      will not be equal to some other `id()`: new containers may
+      reuse identifiers of the garbage-collected ones.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'id',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'id({expr})',
+  },
+  indent = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
+      current buffer.  The indent is counted in spaces, the value
+      of 'tabstop' is relevant.  {lnum} is used just like in
+      |getline()|.
+      When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'indent',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'indent({lnum})',
+  },
+  index = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Find {expr} in {object} and return its index.  See
+      |indexof()| for using a lambda to select the item.
+
+      If {object} is a |List| return the lowest index where the item
+      has a value equal to {expr}.  There is no automatic
+      conversion, so the String "4" is different from the Number 4.
+      And the Number 4 is different from the Float 4.0.  The value
+      of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case matters as indicated by
+      the {ic} argument.
+
+      If {object} is a |Blob| return the lowest index where the byte
+      value is equal to {expr}.
+
+      If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
+      {start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).
+
+      When {ic} is given and it is |TRUE|, ignore case.  Otherwise
+      case must match.
+
+      -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {object}.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let idx = index(words, "the")
+      	if index(numbers, 123) >= 0
+      	  " ...
+      	endif
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'index',
+    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'start', 'any' }, { 'ic', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'index({object}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])',
+  },
+  indexof = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the index of an item in {object} where {expr} is
+      v:true.  {object} must be a |List| or a |Blob|.
+
+      If {object} is a |List|, evaluate {expr} for each item in the
+      List until the expression is v:true and return the index of
+      this item.
+
+      If {object} is a |Blob| evaluate {expr} for each byte in the
+      Blob until the expression is v:true and return the index of
+      this byte.
+
+      {expr} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.
+
+      If {expr} is a |string|: If {object} is a |List|, inside
+      {expr} |v:key| has the index of the current List item and
+      |v:val| has the value of the item.  If {object} is a |Blob|,
+      inside {expr} |v:key| has the index of the current byte and
+      |v:val| has the byte value.
+
+      If {expr} is a |Funcref| it must take two arguments:
+      	1. the key or the index of the current item.
+      	2. the value of the current item.
+      The function must return |TRUE| if the item is found and the
+      search should stop.
+
+      The optional argument {opts} is a Dict and supports the
+      following items:
+          startidx	start evaluating {expr} at the item with this
+      		index; may be negative for an item relative to
+      		the end
+      Returns -1 when {expr} evaluates to v:false for all the items.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let l = [#{n: 10}, #{n: 20}, #{n: 30}]
+      	echo indexof(l, "v:val.n == 20")
+      	echo indexof(l, {i, v -> v.n == 30})
+      	echo indexof(l, "v:val.n == 20", #{startidx: 1})
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'indexof',
+    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'indexof({object}, {expr} [, {opts}])',
+  },
+  input = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = '',
+    name = 'input',
+    params = { { 'prompt', 'any' }, { 'text', 'any' }, { 'completion', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'input({prompt} [, {text} [, {completion}]])',
+  },
+  input__1 = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
+      the command-line.  The {prompt} argument is either a prompt
+      string, or a blank string (for no prompt).  A '\n' can be used
+      in the prompt to start a new line.
+
+      In the second form it accepts a single dictionary with the
+      following keys, any of which may be omitted:
+
+      Key           Default  Description ~
+      prompt        ""       Same as {prompt} in the first form.
+      default       ""       Same as {text} in the first form.
+      completion    nothing  Same as {completion} in the first form.
+      cancelreturn  ""       The value returned when the dialog is
+                             cancelled.
+      highlight     nothing  Highlight handler: |Funcref|.
+
+      The highlighting set with |:echohl| is used for the prompt.
+      The input is entered just like a command-line, with the same
+      editing commands and mappings.  There is a separate history
+      for lines typed for input().
+      Example: >vim
+      	if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
+      	  echo "Cheers!"
+      	endif
+      <
+      If the optional {text} argument is present and not empty, this
+      is used for the default reply, as if the user typed this.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let color = input("Color? ", "white")
+
+      <The optional {completion} argument specifies the type of
+      completion supported for the input.  Without it completion is
+      not performed.  The supported completion types are the same as
+      that can be supplied to a user-defined command using the
+      "-complete=" argument.  Refer to |:command-completion| for
+      more information.  Example: >vim
+      	let fname = input("File: ", "", "file")
+
+      <			*input()-highlight* *E5400* *E5402*
+      The optional `highlight` key allows specifying function which
+      will be used for highlighting user input.  This function
+      receives user input as its only argument and must return
+      a list of 3-tuples [hl_start_col, hl_end_col + 1, hl_group]
+      where
+      	hl_start_col is the first highlighted column,
+      	hl_end_col is the last highlighted column (+ 1!),
+      	hl_group is |:hi| group used for highlighting.
+      			      *E5403* *E5404* *E5405* *E5406*
+      Both hl_start_col and hl_end_col + 1 must point to the start
+      of the multibyte character (highlighting must not break
+      multibyte characters), hl_end_col + 1 may be equal to the
+      input length.  Start column must be in range [0, len(input)),
+      end column must be in range (hl_start_col, len(input)],
+      sections must be ordered so that next hl_start_col is greater
+      then or equal to previous hl_end_col.
+
+      Example (try some input with parentheses): >vim
+      	highlight RBP1 guibg=Red ctermbg=red
+      	highlight RBP2 guibg=Yellow ctermbg=yellow
+      	highlight RBP3 guibg=Green ctermbg=green
+      	highlight RBP4 guibg=Blue ctermbg=blue
+      	let g:rainbow_levels = 4
+      	function! RainbowParens(cmdline)
+      	  let ret = []
+      	  let i = 0
+      	  let lvl = 0
+      	  while i < len(a:cmdline)
+      	    if a:cmdline[i] is# '('
+      	      call add(ret, [i, i + 1, 'RBP' .. ((lvl % g:rainbow_levels) + 1)])
+      	      let lvl += 1
+      	    elseif a:cmdline[i] is# ')'
+      	      let lvl -= 1
+      	      call add(ret, [i, i + 1, 'RBP' .. ((lvl % g:rainbow_levels) + 1)])
+      	    endif
+      	    let i += 1
+      	  endwhile
+      	  return ret
+      	endfunction
+      	call input({'prompt':'>','highlight':'RainbowParens'})
+      <
+      Highlight function is called at least once for each new
+      displayed input string, before command-line is redrawn.  It is
+      expected that function is pure for the duration of one input()
+      call, i.e. it produces the same output for the same input, so
+      output may be memoized.  Function is run like under |:silent|
+      modifier. If the function causes any errors, it will be
+      skipped for the duration of the current input() call.
+
+      Highlighting is disabled if command-line contains arabic
+      characters.
+
+      NOTE: This function must not be used in a startup file, for
+      the versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
+      Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
+      consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
+      mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
+      Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
+      after input() to avoid that.  Another solution is to avoid
+      that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
+      |:execute| or |:normal|.
+
+      Example with a mapping: >vim
+      	nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" .. Foo<CR>
+      	function GetFoo()
+      	  call inputsave()
+      	  let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
+      	  call inputrestore()
+      	endfunction
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'input',
+    params = { { 'opts', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'input({opts})',
+  },
+  inputdialog = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Use |input()| instead.
+    ]=],
+    params = VARARGS,
+    signature = 'input(...)',
+  },
+  inputlist = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      {textlist} must be a |List| of strings.  This |List| is
+      displayed, one string per line.  The user will be prompted to
+      enter a number, which is returned.
+      The user can also select an item by clicking on it with the
+      mouse, if the mouse is enabled in the command line ('mouse' is
+      "a" or includes "c").  For the first string 0 is returned.
+      When clicking above the first item a negative number is
+      returned.  When clicking on the prompt one more than the
+      length of {textlist} is returned.
+      Make sure {textlist} has less than 'lines' entries, otherwise
+      it won't work.  It's a good idea to put the entry number at
+      the start of the string.  And put a prompt in the first item.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let color = inputlist(['Select color:', '1. red',
+      		\ '2. green', '3. blue'])
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'inputlist',
+    params = { { 'textlist', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'inputlist({textlist})',
+  },
+  inputrestore = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous |inputsave()|.
+      Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
+      called.  Calling it more often is harmless though.
+      Returns TRUE when there is nothing to restore, FALSE otherwise.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'inputrestore',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'inputrestore()',
+  },
+  inputsave = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
+      a following prompt gets input from the user.  Should be
+      followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt.  Can
+      be used several times, in which case there must be just as
+      many inputrestore() calls.
+      Returns TRUE when out of memory, FALSE otherwise.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'inputsave',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'inputsave()',
+  },
+  inputsecret = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
+      two exceptions:
+      a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
+      asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
+      b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
+      |history| stack.
+      The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
+      typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
+      NOTE: Command-line completion is not supported.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'inputsecret',
+    params = { { 'prompt', 'any' }, { 'text', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}])',
+  },
+  insert = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      When {object} is a |List| or a |Blob| insert {item} at the start
+      of it.
+
+      If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
+      {idx}.  If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
+      like omitting {idx}.  A negative {idx} is also possible, see
+      |list-index|.  -1 inserts just before the last item.
+
+      Returns the resulting |List| or |Blob|.  Examples: >vim
+      	let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
+      	call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
+      	call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
+      <The last example can be done simpler with |add()|.
+      Note that when {item} is a |List| it is inserted as a single
+      item.  Use |extend()| to concatenate |Lists|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'insert',
+    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'item', 'any' }, { 'idx', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}])',
+  },
+  interrupt = {
+    args = 0,
+    desc = [=[
+      Interrupt script execution.  It works more or less like the
+      user typing CTRL-C, most commands won't execute and control
+      returns to the user.  This is useful to abort execution
+      from lower down, e.g. in an autocommand.  Example: >vim
+      function s:check_typoname(file)
+         if fnamemodify(a:file, ':t') == '['
+             echomsg 'Maybe typo'
+             call interrupt()
+         endif
+      endfunction
+      au BufWritePre * call s:check_typoname(expand('<amatch>'))
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'interrupt',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'interrupt()',
+  },
+  invert = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Bitwise invert.  The argument is converted to a number.  A
+      List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.  Example: >vim
+      	let bits = invert(bits)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'invert',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'invert({expr})',
+  },
+  isdirectory = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| when a directory
+      with the name {directory} exists.  If {directory} doesn't
+      exist, or isn't a directory, the result is |FALSE|.  {directory}
+      is any expression, which is used as a String.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'isdirectory',
+    params = { { 'directory', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'isdirectory({directory})',
+  },
+  isinf = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return 1 if {expr} is a positive infinity, or -1 a negative
+      infinity, otherwise 0. >vim
+      	echo isinf(1.0 / 0.0)
+      <	1 >vim
+      	echo isinf(-1.0 / 0.0)
+      <	-1
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'isinf',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = '1|0|-1',
+    signature = 'isinf({expr})',
+  },
+  islocked = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| when {expr} is the
+      name of a locked variable.
+      The string argument {expr} must be the name of a variable,
+      |List| item or |Dictionary| entry, not the variable itself!
+      Example: >vim
+      	let alist = [0, ['a', 'b'], 2, 3]
+      	lockvar 1 alist
+      	echo islocked('alist')		" 1
+      	echo islocked('alist[1]')	" 0
+
+      <When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
+      message.  Use |exists()| to check for existence.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'islocked',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'islocked({expr})',
+    tags = { 'E786' },
+  },
+  isnan = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return |TRUE| if {expr} is a float with value NaN. >vim
+      	echo isnan(0.0 / 0.0)
+      <	1
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'isnan',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'isnan({expr})',
+  },
+  items = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a |List| with all the key-value pairs of {dict}.  Each
+      |List| item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict}
+      entry and the value of this entry.  The |List| is in arbitrary
+      order.  Also see |keys()| and |values()|.
+      Example: >vim
+      	for [key, value] in items(mydict)
+      	   echo key .. ': ' .. value
+      	endfor
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'items',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'items({dict})',
+  },
+  jobclose = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Obsolete name for |chanclose()|
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_chanclose',
+    params = VARARGS,
+    signature = 'jobclose({id} [, {stream}])',
+  },
+  jobpid = {
+    args = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the PID (process id) of |job-id| {job}.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'jobpid',
+    params = { { 'job', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'jobpid({job})',
+  },
+  jobresize = {
+    args = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Resize the pseudo terminal window of |job-id| {job} to {width}
+      columns and {height} rows.
+      Fails if the job was not started with `"pty":v:true`.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'jobresize',
+    params = { { 'job', 'any' }, { 'width', 'integer' }, { 'height', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'jobresize({job}, {width}, {height})',
+  },
+  jobsend = {
+    args = 2,
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Obsolete name for |chansend()|
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_chansend',
+    params = VARARGS,
+    signature = 'jobsend({id}, {data})',
+  },
+  jobstart = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Note: Prefer |vim.system()| in Lua (unless using the `pty` option).
+
+      Spawns {cmd} as a job.
+      If {cmd} is a List it runs directly (no 'shell').
+      If {cmd} is a String it runs in the 'shell', like this: >vim
+        call jobstart(split(&shell) + split(&shellcmdflag) + ['{cmd}'])
+      <(See |shell-unquoting| for details.)
+
+      Example: >vim
+        call jobstart('nvim -h', {'on_stdout':{j,d,e->append(line('.'),d)}})
+      <
+      Returns |job-id| on success, 0 on invalid arguments (or job
+      table is full), -1 if {cmd}[0] or 'shell' is not executable.
+      The returned job-id is a valid |channel-id| representing the
+      job's stdio streams. Use |chansend()| (or |rpcnotify()| and
+      |rpcrequest()| if "rpc" was enabled) to send data to stdin and
+      |chanclose()| to close the streams without stopping the job.
+
+      See |job-control| and |RPC|.
+
+      NOTE: on Windows if {cmd} is a List:
+        - cmd[0] must be an executable (not a "built-in"). If it is
+          in $PATH it can be called by name, without an extension: >vim
+            call jobstart(['ping', 'neovim.io'])
+      <    If it is a full or partial path, extension is required: >vim
+            call jobstart(['System32\ping.exe', 'neovim.io'])
+      <  - {cmd} is collapsed to a string of quoted args as expected
+          by CommandLineToArgvW https://msdn.microsoft.com/bb776391
+          unless cmd[0] is some form of "cmd.exe".
+
+      					*jobstart-env*
+      The job environment is initialized as follows:
+        $NVIM                is set to |v:servername| of the parent Nvim
+        $NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS is unset
+        $NVIM_LOG_FILE       is unset
+        $VIM                 is unset
+        $VIMRUNTIME          is unset
+      You can set these with the `env` option.
+
+      					*jobstart-options*
+      {opts} is a dictionary with these keys:
+        clear_env:  (boolean) `env` defines the job environment
+      	      exactly, instead of merging current environment.
+        cwd:	      (string, default=|current-directory|) Working
+      	      directory of the job.
+        detach:     (boolean) Detach the job process: it will not be
+      	      killed when Nvim exits. If the process exits
+      	      before Nvim, `on_exit` will be invoked.
+        env:	      (dict) Map of environment variable name:value
+      	      pairs extending (or replace with "clear_env")
+      	      the current environment. |jobstart-env|
+        height:     (number) Height of the `pty` terminal.
+        |on_exit|:    (function) Callback invoked when the job exits.
+        |on_stdout|:  (function) Callback invoked when the job emits
+      	      stdout data.
+        |on_stderr|:  (function) Callback invoked when the job emits
+      	      stderr data.
+        overlapped: (boolean) Sets FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED for the
+      	      stdio passed to the child process. Only on
+      	      MS-Windows; ignored on other platforms.
+        pty:	      (boolean) Connect the job to a new pseudo
+      	      terminal, and its streams to the master file
+      	      descriptor. `on_stdout` receives all output,
+      	      `on_stderr` is ignored. |terminal-start|
+        rpc:	      (boolean) Use |msgpack-rpc| to communicate with
+      	      the job over stdio. Then `on_stdout` is ignored,
+      	      but `on_stderr` can still be used.
+        stderr_buffered: (boolean) Collect data until EOF (stream closed)
+      	      before invoking `on_stderr`. |channel-buffered|
+        stdout_buffered: (boolean) Collect data until EOF (stream
+      	      closed) before invoking `on_stdout`. |channel-buffered|
+        stdin:      (string) Either "pipe" (default) to connect the
+      	      job's stdin to a channel or "null" to disconnect
+      	      stdin.
+        width:      (number) Width of the `pty` terminal.
+
+      {opts} is passed as |self| dictionary to the callback; the
+      caller may set other keys to pass application-specific data.
+
+      Returns:
+        - |channel-id| on success
+        - 0 on invalid arguments
+        - -1 if {cmd}[0] is not executable.
+      See also |job-control|, |channel|, |msgpack-rpc|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'jobstart',
+    params = { { 'cmd', 'any' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'jobstart({cmd} [, {opts}])',
+  },
+  jobstop = {
+    args = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Stop |job-id| {id} by sending SIGTERM to the job process. If
+      the process does not terminate after a timeout then SIGKILL
+      will be sent. When the job terminates its |on_exit| handler
+      (if any) will be invoked.
+      See |job-control|.
+
+      Returns 1 for valid job id, 0 for invalid id, including jobs have
+      exited or stopped.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'jobstop',
+    params = { { 'id', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'jobstop({id})',
+  },
+  jobwait = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Waits for jobs and their |on_exit| handlers to complete.
+
+      {jobs} is a List of |job-id|s to wait for.
+      {timeout} is the maximum waiting time in milliseconds. If
+      omitted or -1, wait forever.
+
+      Timeout of 0 can be used to check the status of a job: >vim
+      	let running = jobwait([{job-id}], 0)[0] == -1
+      <
+      During jobwait() callbacks for jobs not in the {jobs} list may
+      be invoked. The screen will not redraw unless |:redraw| is
+      invoked by a callback.
+
+      Returns a list of len({jobs}) integers, where each integer is
+      the status of the corresponding job:
+      	Exit-code, if the job exited
+      	-1 if the timeout was exceeded
+      	-2 if the job was interrupted (by |CTRL-C|)
+      	-3 if the job-id is invalid
+    ]=],
+    name = 'jobwait',
+    params = { { 'jobs', 'any' }, { 'timeout', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'jobwait({jobs} [, {timeout}])',
+  },
+  join = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Join the items in {list} together into one String.
+      When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items.  If
+      {sep} is omitted a single space is used.
+      Note that {sep} is not added at the end.  You might want to
+      add it there too: >vim
+      	let lines = join(mylist, "\n") .. "\n"
+      <String items are used as-is.  |Lists| and |Dictionaries| are
+      converted into a string like with |string()|.
+      The opposite function is |split()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'join',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'sep', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'join({list} [, {sep}])',
+  },
+  json_decode = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Convert {expr} from JSON object.  Accepts |readfile()|-style
+      list as the input, as well as regular string.  May output any
+      Vim value. In the following cases it will output
+      |msgpack-special-dict|:
+      1. Dictionary contains duplicate key.
+      2. Dictionary contains empty key.
+      3. String contains NUL byte.  Two special dictionaries: for
+         dictionary and for string will be emitted in case string
+         with NUL byte was a dictionary key.
+
+      Note: function treats its input as UTF-8 always.  The JSON
+      standard allows only a few encodings, of which UTF-8 is
+      recommended and the only one required to be supported.
+      Non-UTF-8 characters are an error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'json_decode',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'json_decode({expr})',
+  },
+  json_encode = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Convert {expr} into a JSON string.  Accepts
+      |msgpack-special-dict| as the input.  Will not convert
+      |Funcref|s, mappings with non-string keys (can be created as
+      |msgpack-special-dict|), values with self-referencing
+      containers, strings which contain non-UTF-8 characters,
+      pseudo-UTF-8 strings which contain codepoints reserved for
+      surrogate pairs (such strings are not valid UTF-8 strings).
+      Non-printable characters are converted into "\u1234" escapes
+      or special escapes like "\t", other are dumped as-is.
+      |Blob|s are converted to arrays of the individual bytes.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'json_encode',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'json_encode({expr})',
+  },
+  keys = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a |List| with all the keys of {dict}.  The |List| is in
+      arbitrary order.  Also see |items()| and |values()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'keys',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'keys({dict})',
+  },
+  keytrans = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Turn the internal byte representation of keys into a form that
+      can be used for |:map|.  E.g. >vim
+      	let xx = "\<C-Home>"
+      	echo keytrans(xx)
+      <	<C-Home>
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'keytrans',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'keytrans({string})',
+  },
+  last_buffer_nr = {
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Obsolete name for bufnr("$").
+    ]=],
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'last_buffer_nr()',
+  },
+  len = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
+      When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
+      used, as with |strlen()|.
+      When {expr} is a |List| the number of items in the |List| is
+      returned.
+      When {expr} is a |Blob| the number of bytes is returned.
+      When {expr} is a |Dictionary| the number of entries in the
+      |Dictionary| is returned.
+      Otherwise an error is given and returns zero.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'len',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'len({expr})',
+    tags = { 'E701' },
+  },
+  libcall = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
+      with single argument {argument}.
+      This is useful to call functions in a library that you
+      especially made to be used with Vim.  Since only one argument
+      is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
+      limited.
+      The result is the String returned by the function.  If the
+      function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
+      to Vim.
+      If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()!
+      If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
+      int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
+      null-terminated string.
+
+      libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
+      Vim without having to recompile the program.  It is NOT a
+      means to call system functions!  If you try to do so Vim will
+      very probably crash.
+
+      For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
+      and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
+      used in Windows System DLLs).  The function must take exactly
+      one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
+      and must return a character pointer or NULL.  The character
+      pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
+      after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
+      DLL).  If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
+      leak away.  Using a static buffer in the function should work,
+      it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.
+
+      WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
+      crash!	This also happens if the function returns a number,
+      because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
+      For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
+      without the ".DLL" suffix.  A full path is only required if
+      the DLL is not in the usual places.
+      For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
+      object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'libcall',
+    params = { { 'libname', 'string' }, { 'funcname', 'string' }, { 'argument', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})',
+    tags = { 'E364', 'E368' },
+  },
+  libcallnr = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Just like |libcall()|, but used for a function that returns an
+      int instead of a string.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
+      	call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
+      	call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'libcallnr',
+    params = { { 'libname', 'string' }, { 'funcname', 'string' }, { 'argument', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})',
+  },
+  line = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
+      position given with {expr}.  The {expr} argument is a string.
+      The accepted positions are:
+          .	    the cursor position
+          $	    the last line in the current buffer
+          'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
+      	    returned)
+          w0	    first line visible in current window (one if the
+      	    display isn't updated, e.g. in silent Ex mode)
+          w$	    last line visible in current window (this is one
+      	    less than "w0" if no lines are visible)
+          v	    In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+      	    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+      	    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+      	    that it's updated right away.
+      Note that a mark in another file can be used.  The line number
+      then applies to another buffer.
+      To get the column number use |col()|.  To get both use
+      |getpos()|.
+      With the optional {winid} argument the values are obtained for
+      that window instead of the current window.
+      Returns 0 for invalid values of {expr} and {winid}.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo line(".")			" line number of the cursor
+      	echo line(".", winid)		" idem, in window "winid"
+      	echo line("'t")			" line number of mark t
+      	echo line("'" .. marker)	" line number of mark marker
+      <
+      To jump to the last known position when opening a file see
+      |last-position-jump|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'line',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'line({expr} [, {winid}])',
+  },
+  line2byte = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
+      {lnum}.  This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
+      the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer.  The first
+      line returns 1. UTF-8 encoding is used, 'fileencoding' is
+      ignored.  This can also be used to get the byte count for the
+      line just below the last line: >vim
+      	echo line2byte(line("$") + 1)
+      <This is the buffer size plus one.  If 'fileencoding' is empty
+      it is the file size plus one.  {lnum} is used like with
+      |getline()|.  When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
+      Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'line2byte',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'line2byte({lnum})',
+  },
+  lispindent = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
+      indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
+      The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
+      relevant.  {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
+      When {lnum} is invalid, -1 is returned.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'lispindent',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'lispindent({lnum})',
+  },
+  list2blob = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a Blob concatenating all the number values in {list}.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo list2blob([1, 2, 3, 4])	" returns 0z01020304
+      	echo list2blob([])		" returns 0z
+      <Returns an empty Blob on error.  If one of the numbers is
+      negative or more than 255 error *E1239* is given.
+
+      |blob2list()| does the opposite.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'list2blob',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'list2blob({list})',
+  },
+  list2str = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Convert each number in {list} to a character string can
+      concatenate them all.  Examples: >vim
+      	echo list2str([32])		" returns " "
+      	echo list2str([65, 66, 67])	" returns "ABC"
+      <The same can be done (slowly) with: >vim
+      	echo join(map(list, {nr, val -> nr2char(val)}), '')
+      <|str2list()| does the opposite.
+
+      UTF-8 encoding is always used, {utf8} option has no effect,
+      and exists only for backwards-compatibility.
+      With UTF-8 composing characters work as expected: >vim
+      	echo list2str([97, 769])	" returns "á"
+      <
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'list2str',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'utf8', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'list2str({list} [, {utf8}])',
+  },
+  localtime = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
+      1970.  See also |strftime()|, |strptime()| and |getftime()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'localtime',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'localtime()',
+  },
+  log = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the natural logarithm (base e) of {expr} as a |Float|.
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number| in the range
+      (0, inf].
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo log(10)
+      <	2.302585 >vim
+      	echo log(exp(5))
+      <	5.0
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'log',
+    name = 'log',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'log({expr})',
+  },
+  log10 = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the logarithm of Float {expr} to base 10 as a |Float|.
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo log10(1000)
+      <	3.0 >vim
+      	echo log10(0.01)
+      <	-2.0
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'log10',
+    name = 'log10',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'log10({expr})',
+  },
+  luaeval = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Evaluate Lua expression {expr} and return its result converted
+      to Vim data structures. See |lua-eval| for more details.
+
+    ]=],
+    lua = false,
+    name = 'luaeval',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'luaeval({expr} [, {expr}])',
+  },
+  map = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      {expr1} must be a |List|, |String|, |Blob| or |Dictionary|.
+      When {expr1} is a |List|| or |Dictionary|, replace each
+      item in {expr1} with the result of evaluating {expr2}.
+      For a |Blob| each byte is replaced.
+      For a |String|, each character, including composing
+      characters, is replaced.
+      If the item type changes you may want to use |mapnew()| to
+      create a new List or Dictionary.
+
+      {expr2} must be a |String| or |Funcref|.
+
+      If {expr2} is a |String|, inside {expr2} |v:val| has the value
+      of the current item.  For a |Dictionary| |v:key| has the key
+      of the current item and for a |List| |v:key| has the index of
+      the current item.  For a |Blob| |v:key| has the index of the
+      current byte. For a |String| |v:key| has the index of the
+      current character.
+      Example: >vim
+      	call map(mylist, '"> " .. v:val .. " <"')
+      <This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
+
+      Note that {expr2} is the result of an expression and is then
+      used as an expression again.  Often it is good to use a
+      |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.  You
+      still have to double ' quotes
+
+      If {expr2} is a |Funcref| it is called with two arguments:
+      	1. The key or the index of the current item.
+      	2. the value of the current item.
+      The function must return the new value of the item. Example
+      that changes each value by "key-value": >vim
+      	func KeyValue(key, val)
+      	  return a:key .. '-' .. a:val
+      	endfunc
+      	call map(myDict, function('KeyValue'))
+      <It is shorter when using a |lambda|: >vim
+      	call map(myDict, {key, val -> key .. '-' .. val})
+      <If you do not use "val" you can leave it out: >vim
+      	call map(myDict, {key -> 'item: ' .. key})
+      <If you do not use "key" you can use a short name: >vim
+      	call map(myDict, {_, val -> 'item: ' .. val})
+      <
+      The operation is done in-place for a |List| and |Dictionary|.
+      If you want it to remain unmodified make a copy first: >vim
+      	let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val .. "\t"')
+
+      <Returns {expr1}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered,
+      or a new |Blob| or |String|.
+      When an error is encountered while evaluating {expr2} no
+      further items in {expr1} are processed.
+      When {expr2} is a Funcref errors inside a function are ignored,
+      unless it was defined with the "abort" flag.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'map',
+    params = { { 'expr1', 'any' }, { 'expr2', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'map({expr1}, {expr2})',
+  },
+  maparg = {
+    args = { 1, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      When {dict} is omitted or zero: Return the rhs of mapping
+      {name} in mode {mode}.  The returned String has special
+      characters translated like in the output of the ":map" command
+      listing. When {dict} is TRUE a dictionary is returned, see
+      below. To get a list of all mappings see |maplist()|.
+
+      When there is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is
+      returned if {dict} is FALSE, otherwise returns an empty Dict.
+      When the mapping for {name} is empty, then "<Nop>" is
+      returned.
+
+      The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
+      command.
+
+      {mode} can be one of these strings:
+      	"n"	Normal
+      	"v"	Visual (including Select)
+      	"o"	Operator-pending
+      	"i"	Insert
+      	"c"	Cmd-line
+      	"s"	Select
+      	"x"	Visual
+      	"l"	langmap |language-mapping|
+      	"t"	Terminal
+      	""	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
+      When {mode} is omitted, the modes for "" are used.
+
+      When {abbr} is there and it is |TRUE| use abbreviations
+      instead of mappings.
+
+      When {dict} is there and it is |TRUE| return a dictionary
+      containing all the information of the mapping with the
+      following items:			*mapping-dict*
+        "lhs"	     The {lhs} of the mapping as it would be typed
+        "lhsraw"   The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes
+        "lhsrawalt" The {lhs} of the mapping as raw bytes, alternate
+      	      form, only present when it differs from "lhsraw"
+        "rhs"	     The {rhs} of the mapping as typed.
+        "silent"   1 for a |:map-silent| mapping, else 0.
+        "noremap"  1 if the {rhs} of the mapping is not remappable.
+        "script"   1 if mapping was defined with <script>.
+        "expr"     1 for an expression mapping (|:map-<expr>|).
+        "buffer"   1 for a buffer local mapping (|:map-local|).
+        "mode"     Modes for which the mapping is defined. In
+      	     addition to the modes mentioned above, these
+      	     characters will be used:
+      	     " "     Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
+      	     "!"     Insert and Commandline mode
+      		     (|mapmode-ic|)
+        "sid"	     The script local ID, used for <sid> mappings
+      	     (|<SID>|).  Negative for special contexts.
+        "scriptversion"  The version of the script, always 1.
+        "lnum"     The line number in "sid", zero if unknown.
+        "nowait"   Do not wait for other, longer mappings.
+      	     (|:map-<nowait>|).
+        "abbr"     True if this is an |abbreviation|.
+        "mode_bits" Nvim's internal binary representation of "mode".
+      	     |mapset()| ignores this; only "mode" is used.
+      	     See |maplist()| for usage examples. The values
+      	     are from src/nvim/state_defs.h and may change in
+      	     the future.
+
+      The dictionary can be used to restore a mapping with
+      |mapset()|.
+
+      The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
+      then the global mappings.
+      This function can be used to map a key even when it's already
+      mapped, and have it do the original mapping too.  Sketch: >vim
+      	exe 'nnoremap <Tab> ==' .. maparg('<Tab>', 'n')
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'maparg',
+    params = {
+      { 'name', 'string' },
+      { 'mode', 'string' },
+      { 'abbr', 'boolean' },
+      { 'dict', 'boolean' },
+    },
+    returns = 'string|table<string,any>',
+    signature = 'maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])',
+  },
+  mapcheck = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
+      {mode}.  See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
+      {name}.
+      When {abbr} is there and it is non-zero use abbreviations
+      instead of mappings.
+      A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
+      with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.
+
+      	matches mapping "a"	"ab"	"abc" ~
+         mapcheck("a")	yes	yes	 yes
+         mapcheck("abc")	yes	yes	 yes
+         mapcheck("ax")	yes	no	 no
+         mapcheck("b")	no	no	 no
+
+      The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a
+      mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a
+      mapping for {name} exactly.
+      When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
+      String is returned.  If there is one, the RHS of that mapping
+      is returned.  If there are several mappings that start with
+      {name}, the RHS of one of them is returned.  This will be
+      "<Nop>" if the RHS is empty.
+      The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
+      then the global mappings.
+      This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
+      without being ambiguous.  Example: >vim
+      	if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
+      	   map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
+      	endif
+      <This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
+      mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'mapcheck',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' }, { 'abbr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'mapcheck({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])',
+  },
+  maplist = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [[
+      Returns a |List| of all mappings.  Each List item is a |Dict|,
+      the same as what is returned by |maparg()|, see
+      |mapping-dict|.  When {abbr} is there and it is |TRUE| use
+      abbreviations instead of mappings.
+
+      Example to show all mappings with "MultiMatch" in rhs: >vim
+      	echo maplist()->filter({_, m ->
+      		\ match(get(m, 'rhs', ''), 'MultiMatch') >= 0
+      		\ })
+      <It can be tricky to find mappings for particular |:map-modes|.
+      |mapping-dict|'s "mode_bits" can simplify this. For example,
+      the mode_bits for Normal, Insert or Command-line modes are
+      0x19. To find all the mappings available in those modes you
+      can do: >vim
+      	let saved_maps = []
+      	for m in maplist()
+      	    if and(m.mode_bits, 0x19) != 0
+      		eval saved_maps->add(m)
+      	    endif
+      	endfor
+      	echo saved_maps->mapnew({_, m -> m.lhs})
+      <The values of the mode_bits are defined in Nvim's
+      src/nvim/state_defs.h file and they can be discovered at
+      runtime using |:map-commands| and "maplist()". Example: >vim
+      	omap xyzzy <Nop>
+      	let op_bit = maplist()->filter(
+      	    \ {_, m -> m.lhs == 'xyzzy'})[0].mode_bits
+      	ounmap xyzzy
+      	echo printf("Operator-pending mode bit: 0x%x", op_bit)
+    ]],
+    name = 'maplist',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'maplist([{abbr}])'
+  },
+  mapnew = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |map()| but instead of replacing items in {expr1} a new
+      List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
+      unchanged.  Items can still be changed by {expr2}, if you
+      don't want that use |deepcopy()| first.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'mapnew',
+    params = { { 'expr1', 'any' }, { 'expr2', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'mapnew({expr1}, {expr2})',
+  },
+  mapset = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Restore a mapping from a dictionary, possibly returned by
+      |maparg()| or |maplist()|.  A buffer mapping, when dict.buffer
+      is true, is set on the current buffer; it is up to the caller
+      to ensure that the intended buffer is the current buffer. This
+      feature allows copying mappings from one buffer to another.
+      The dict.mode value may restore a single mapping that covers
+      more than one mode, like with mode values of '!', ' ', "nox",
+      or 'v'. *E1276*
+
+      In the first form, {mode} and {abbr} should be the same as
+      for the call to |maparg()|. *E460*
+      {mode} is used to define the mode in which the mapping is set,
+      not the "mode" entry in {dict}.
+      Example for saving and restoring a mapping: >vim
+      	let save_map = maparg('K', 'n', 0, 1)
+      	nnoremap K somethingelse
+      	" ...
+      	call mapset('n', 0, save_map)
+      <Note that if you are going to replace a map in several modes,
+      e.g. with `:map!`, you need to save/restore the mapping for
+      all of them, when they might differ.
+
+      In the second form, with {dict} as the only argument, mode
+      and abbr are taken from the dict.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let save_maps = maplist()->filter(
+      				\ {_, m -> m.lhs == 'K'})
+      	nnoremap K somethingelse
+      	cnoremap K somethingelse2
+      	" ...
+      	unmap K
+      	for d in save_maps
+      	    call mapset(d)
+      	endfor
+    ]=],
+    name = 'mapset',
+    params = { { 'mode', 'string' }, { 'abbr', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'mapset({mode}, {abbr}, {dict})',
+  },
+  match = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      When {expr} is a |List| then this returns the index of the
+      first item where {pat} matches.  Each item is used as a
+      String, |Lists| and |Dictionaries| are used as echoed.
+
+      Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String.  The result is a
+      Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where
+      {pat} matches.
+
+      A match at the first character or |List| item returns zero.
+      If there is no match -1 is returned.
+
+      For getting submatches see |matchlist()|.
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo match("testing", "ing")	" results in 4
+      	echo match([1, 'x'], '\a')	" results in 1
+      <See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
+      						*strpbrk()*
+      Vim doesn't have a strpbrk() function.  But you can do: >vim
+      	let sepidx = match(line, '[.,;: \t]')
+      <						*strcasestr()*
+      Vim doesn't have a strcasestr() function.  But you can add
+      "\c" to the pattern to ignore case: >vim
+      	let idx = match(haystack, '\cneedle')
+      <
+      If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index
+      {start} in a String or item {start} in a |List|.
+      The result, however, is still the index counted from the
+      first character/item.  Example: >vim
+      	echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
+      <result is again "4". >vim
+      	echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
+      <result is again "4". >vim
+      	echo match("testing", "t", 2)
+      <result is "3".
+      For a String, if {start} > 0 then it is like the string starts
+      {start} bytes later, thus "^" will match at {start}.  Except
+      when {count} is given, then it's like matches before the
+      {start} byte are ignored (this is a bit complicated to keep it
+      backwards compatible).
+      For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0.  For a list
+      the index is counted from the end.
+      If {start} is out of range ({start} > strlen({expr}) for a
+      String or {start} > len({expr}) for a |List|) -1 is returned.
+
+      When {count} is given use the {count}th match.  When a match
+      is found in a String the search for the next one starts one
+      character further.  Thus this example results in 1: >vim
+      	echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
+      <In a |List| the search continues in the next item.
+      Note that when {count} is added the way {start} works changes,
+      see above.
+
+      See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
+      The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
+      the pattern.  'smartcase' is NOT used.  The matching is always
+      done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
+      Note that a match at the start is preferred, thus when the
+      pattern is using "*" (any number of matches) it tends to find
+      zero matches at the start instead of a number of matches
+      further down in the text.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'match',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'pat', 'any' }, { 'start', 'any' }, { 'count', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
+  },
+  matchadd = {
+    args = { 2, 5 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Defines a pattern to be highlighted in the current window (a
+      "match").  It will be highlighted with {group}.  Returns an
+      identification number (ID), which can be used to delete the
+      match using |matchdelete()|.  The ID is bound to the window.
+      Matching is case sensitive and magic, unless case sensitivity
+      or magicness are explicitly overridden in {pattern}.  The
+      'magic', 'smartcase' and 'ignorecase' options are not used.
+      The "Conceal" value is special, it causes the match to be
+      concealed.
+
+      The optional {priority} argument assigns a priority to the
+      match.  A match with a high priority will have its
+      highlighting overrule that of a match with a lower priority.
+      A priority is specified as an integer (negative numbers are no
+      exception).  If the {priority} argument is not specified, the
+      default priority is 10.  The priority of 'hlsearch' is zero,
+      hence all matches with a priority greater than zero will
+      overrule it.  Syntax highlighting (see 'syntax') is a separate
+      mechanism, and regardless of the chosen priority a match will
+      always overrule syntax highlighting.
+
+      The optional {id} argument allows the request for a specific
+      match ID.  If a specified ID is already taken, an error
+      message will appear and the match will not be added.  An ID
+      is specified as a positive integer (zero excluded).  IDs 1, 2
+      and 3 are reserved for |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match|,
+      respectively.  3 is reserved for use by the |matchparen|
+      plugin.
+      If the {id} argument is not specified or -1, |matchadd()|
+      automatically chooses a free ID, which is at least 1000.
+
+      The optional {dict} argument allows for further custom
+      values. Currently this is used to specify a match specific
+      conceal character that will be shown for |hl-Conceal|
+      highlighted matches. The dict can have the following members:
+
+      	conceal	    Special character to show instead of the
+      		    match (only for |hl-Conceal| highlighted
+      		    matches, see |:syn-cchar|)
+      	window	    Instead of the current window use the
+      		    window with this number or window ID.
+
+      The number of matches is not limited, as it is the case with
+      the |:match| commands.
+
+      Returns -1 on error.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	highlight MyGroup ctermbg=green guibg=green
+      	let m = matchadd("MyGroup", "TODO")
+      <Deletion of the pattern: >vim
+      	call matchdelete(m)
+
+      <A list of matches defined by |matchadd()| and |:match| are
+      available from |getmatches()|.  All matches can be deleted in
+      one operation by |clearmatches()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matchadd',
+    params = {
+      { 'group', 'any' },
+      { 'pattern', 'any' },
+      { 'priority', 'any' },
+      { 'id', 'any' },
+      { 'dict', 'any' },
+    },
+    signature = 'matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])',
+    tags = { 'E798', 'E799', 'E801', 'E957' },
+  },
+  matchaddpos = {
+    args = { 2, 5 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |matchadd()|, but requires a list of positions {pos}
+      instead of a pattern. This command is faster than |matchadd()|
+      because it does not require to handle regular expressions and
+      sets buffer line boundaries to redraw screen. It is supposed
+      to be used when fast match additions and deletions are
+      required, for example to highlight matching parentheses.
+      					*E5030* *E5031*
+      {pos} is a list of positions.  Each position can be one of
+      these:
+      - A number.  This whole line will be highlighted.  The first
+        line has number 1.
+      - A list with one number, e.g., [23]. The whole line with this
+        number will be highlighted.
+      - A list with two numbers, e.g., [23, 11]. The first number is
+        the line number, the second one is the column number (first
+        column is 1, the value must correspond to the byte index as
+        |col()| would return).  The character at this position will
+        be highlighted.
+      - A list with three numbers, e.g., [23, 11, 3]. As above, but
+        the third number gives the length of the highlight in bytes.
+
+      Entries with zero and negative line numbers are silently
+      ignored, as well as entries with negative column numbers and
+      lengths.
+
+      Returns -1 on error.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	highlight MyGroup ctermbg=green guibg=green
+      	let m = matchaddpos("MyGroup", [[23, 24], 34])
+      <Deletion of the pattern: >vim
+      	call matchdelete(m)
+
+      <Matches added by |matchaddpos()| are returned by
+      |getmatches()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matchaddpos',
+    params = {
+      { 'group', 'any' },
+      { 'pos', 'any' },
+      { 'priority', 'any' },
+      { 'id', 'any' },
+      { 'dict', 'any' },
+    },
+    signature = 'matchaddpos({group}, {pos} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])',
+  },
+  matcharg = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Selects the {nr} match item, as set with a |:match|,
+      |:2match| or |:3match| command.
+      Return a |List| with two elements:
+      	The name of the highlight group used
+      	The pattern used.
+      When {nr} is not 1, 2 or 3 returns an empty |List|.
+      When there is no match item set returns ['', ''].
+      This is useful to save and restore a |:match|.
+      Highlighting matches using the |:match| commands are limited
+      to three matches. |matchadd()| does not have this limitation.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matcharg',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'matcharg({nr})',
+  },
+  matchdelete = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Deletes a match with ID {id} previously defined by |matchadd()|
+      or one of the |:match| commands.  Returns 0 if successful,
+      otherwise -1.  See example for |matchadd()|.  All matches can
+      be deleted in one operation by |clearmatches()|.
+      If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
+      window ID instead of the current window.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matchdelete',
+    params = { { 'id', 'any' }, { 'win', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'matchdelete({id} [, {win}])',
+    tags = { 'E802', 'E803' },
+  },
+  matchend = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |match()|, but return the index of first character
+      after the match.  Example: >vim
+      	echo matchend("testing", "ing")
+      <results in "7".
+      					*strspn()* *strcspn()*
+      Vim doesn't have a strspn() or strcspn() function, but you can
+      do it with matchend(): >vim
+      	let span = matchend(line, '[a-zA-Z]')
+      	let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
+      <Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.
+
+      The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for |match()|. >vim
+      	echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
+      <results in "7". >vim
+      	echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
+      <result is "-1".
+      When {expr} is a |List| the result is equal to |match()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matchend',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'pat', 'any' }, { 'start', 'any' }, { 'count', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'matchend({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
+  },
+  matchfuzzy = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      If {list} is a list of strings, then returns a |List| with all
+      the strings in {list} that fuzzy match {str}. The strings in
+      the returned list are sorted based on the matching score.
+
+      The optional {dict} argument always supports the following
+      items:
+          matchseq	When this item is present return only matches
+      		that contain the characters in {str} in the
+      		given sequence.
+          limit	Maximum number of matches in {list} to be
+      		returned.  Zero means no limit.
+
+      If {list} is a list of dictionaries, then the optional {dict}
+      argument supports the following additional items:
+          key		Key of the item which is fuzzy matched against
+      		{str}. The value of this item should be a
+      		string.
+          text_cb	|Funcref| that will be called for every item
+      		in {list} to get the text for fuzzy matching.
+      		This should accept a dictionary item as the
+      		argument and return the text for that item to
+      		use for fuzzy matching.
+
+      {str} is treated as a literal string and regular expression
+      matching is NOT supported.  The maximum supported {str} length
+      is 256.
+
+      When {str} has multiple words each separated by white space,
+      then the list of strings that have all the words is returned.
+
+      If there are no matching strings or there is an error, then an
+      empty list is returned. If length of {str} is greater than
+      256, then returns an empty list.
+
+      When {limit} is given, matchfuzzy() will find up to this
+      number of matches in {list} and return them in sorted order.
+
+      Refer to |fuzzy-matching| for more information about fuzzy
+      matching strings.
+
+      Example: >vim
+         echo matchfuzzy(["clay", "crow"], "cay")
+      <results in ["clay"]. >vim
+         echo getbufinfo()->map({_, v -> v.name})->matchfuzzy("ndl")
+      <results in a list of buffer names fuzzy matching "ndl". >vim
+         echo getbufinfo()->matchfuzzy("ndl", {'key' : 'name'})
+      <results in a list of buffer information dicts with buffer
+      names fuzzy matching "ndl". >vim
+         echo getbufinfo()->matchfuzzy("spl",
+      				\ {'text_cb' : {v -> v.name}})
+      <results in a list of buffer information dicts with buffer
+      names fuzzy matching "spl". >vim
+         echo v:oldfiles->matchfuzzy("test")
+      <results in a list of file names fuzzy matching "test". >vim
+         let l = readfile("buffer.c")->matchfuzzy("str")
+      <results in a list of lines in "buffer.c" fuzzy matching "str". >vim
+         echo ['one two', 'two one']->matchfuzzy('two one')
+      <results in `['two one', 'one two']` . >vim
+         echo ['one two', 'two one']->matchfuzzy('two one',
+      				\ {'matchseq': 1})
+      <results in `['two one']`.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matchfuzzy',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'str', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'matchfuzzy({list}, {str} [, {dict}])',
+  },
+  matchfuzzypos = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |matchfuzzy()|, but returns the list of matched
+      strings, the list of character positions where characters
+      in {str} matches and a list of matching scores.  You can
+      use |byteidx()| to convert a character position to a byte
+      position.
+
+      If {str} matches multiple times in a string, then only the
+      positions for the best match is returned.
+
+      If there are no matching strings or there is an error, then a
+      list with three empty list items is returned.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo matchfuzzypos(['testing'], 'tsg')
+      <results in [["testing"], [[0, 2, 6]], [99]] >vim
+      	echo matchfuzzypos(['clay', 'lacy'], 'la')
+      <results in [["lacy", "clay"], [[0, 1], [1, 2]], [153, 133]] >vim
+      	echo [{'text': 'hello', 'id' : 10}]
+      		\ ->matchfuzzypos('ll', {'key' : 'text'})
+      <results in `[[{"id": 10, "text": "hello"}], [[2, 3]], [127]]`
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matchfuzzypos',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'str', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'matchfuzzypos({list}, {str} [, {dict}])',
+  },
+  matchlist = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |match()|, but return a |List|.  The first item in the
+      list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
+      return.  Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
+      in |:substitute|.  When an optional submatch didn't match an
+      empty string is used.  Example: >vim
+      	echo matchlist('acd', '\(a\)\?\(b\)\?\(c\)\?\(.*\)')
+      <Results in: ['acd', 'a', '', 'c', 'd', '', '', '', '', '']
+      When there is no match an empty list is returned.
+
+      You can pass in a List, but that is not very useful.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matchlist',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'pat', 'any' }, { 'start', 'any' }, { 'count', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'matchlist({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
+  },
+  matchstr = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |match()|, but return the matched string.  Example: >vim
+      	echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
+      <results in "ing".
+      When there is no match "" is returned.
+      The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for |match()|. >vim
+      	echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
+      <results in "ing". >vim
+      	echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
+      <result is "".
+      When {expr} is a |List| then the matching item is returned.
+      The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matchstr',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'pat', 'any' }, { 'start', 'any' }, { 'count', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'matchstr({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
+  },
+  matchstrpos = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |matchstr()|, but return the matched string, the start
+      position and the end position of the match.  Example: >vim
+      	echo matchstrpos("testing", "ing")
+      <results in ["ing", 4, 7].
+      When there is no match ["", -1, -1] is returned.
+      The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for |match()|. >vim
+      	echo matchstrpos("testing", "ing", 2)
+      <results in ["ing", 4, 7]. >vim
+      	echo matchstrpos("testing", "ing", 5)
+      <result is ["", -1, -1].
+      When {expr} is a |List| then the matching item, the index
+      of first item where {pat} matches, the start position and the
+      end position of the match are returned. >vim
+      	echo matchstrpos([1, '__x'], '\a')
+      <result is ["x", 1, 2, 3].
+      The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'matchstrpos',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'pat', 'any' }, { 'start', 'any' }, { 'count', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])',
+  },
+  max = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}. Example: >vim
+      	echo max([apples, pears, oranges])
+
+      <{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
+      it returns the maximum of all values in the Dictionary.
+      If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
+      items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
+                      an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'max',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'max({expr})',
+  },
+  menu_get = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| of |Dictionaries| describing |menus| (defined
+      by |:menu|, |:amenu|, …), including |hidden-menus|.
+
+      {path} matches a menu by name, or all menus if {path} is an
+      empty string.  Example: >vim
+      	echo menu_get('File','')
+      	echo menu_get('')
+      <
+      {modes} is a string of zero or more modes (see |maparg()| or
+      |creating-menus| for the list of modes). "a" means "all".
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	nnoremenu &Test.Test inormal
+      	inoremenu Test.Test insert
+      	vnoremenu Test.Test x
+      	echo menu_get("")
+
+      <returns something like this: >
+
+      	[ {
+      	  "hidden": 0,
+      	  "name": "Test",
+      	  "priority": 500,
+      	  "shortcut": 84,
+      	  "submenus": [ {
+      	    "hidden": 0,
+      	    "mappings": {
+      	      i": {
+      		"enabled": 1,
+      		"noremap": 1,
+      		"rhs": "insert",
+      		"sid": 1,
+      		"silent": 0
+      	      },
+      	      n": { ... },
+      	      s": { ... },
+      	      v": { ... }
+      	    },
+      	    "name": "Test",
+      	    "priority": 500,
+      	    "shortcut": 0
+      	  } ]
+      	} ]
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'menu_get',
+    params = { { 'path', 'string' }, { 'modes', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'menu_get({path} [, {modes}])',
+  },
+  menu_info = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return information about the specified menu {name} in
+      mode {mode}. The menu name should be specified without the
+      shortcut character ('&'). If {name} is "", then the top-level
+      menu names are returned.
+
+      {mode} can be one of these strings:
+      	"n"	Normal
+      	"v"	Visual (including Select)
+      	"o"	Operator-pending
+      	"i"	Insert
+      	"c"	Cmd-line
+      	"s"	Select
+      	"x"	Visual
+      	"t"	Terminal-Job
+      	""	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
+      	"!"	Insert and Cmd-line
+      When {mode} is omitted, the modes for "" are used.
+
+      Returns a |Dictionary| containing the following items:
+        accel		menu item accelerator text |menu-text|
+        display	display name (name without '&')
+        enabled	v:true if this menu item is enabled
+      		Refer to |:menu-enable|
+        icon		name of the icon file (for toolbar)
+      		|toolbar-icon|
+        iconidx	index of a built-in icon
+        modes		modes for which the menu is defined. In
+      		addition to the modes mentioned above, these
+      		characters will be used:
+      		" "	Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
+        name		menu item name.
+        noremenu	v:true if the {rhs} of the menu item is not
+      		remappable else v:false.
+        priority	menu order priority |menu-priority|
+        rhs		right-hand-side of the menu item. The returned
+      		string has special characters translated like
+      		in the output of the ":menu" command listing.
+      		When the {rhs} of a menu item is empty, then
+      		"<Nop>" is returned.
+        script	v:true if script-local remapping of {rhs} is
+      		allowed else v:false.  See |:menu-script|.
+        shortcut	shortcut key (character after '&' in
+      		the menu name) |menu-shortcut|
+        silent	v:true if the menu item is created
+      		with <silent> argument |:menu-silent|
+        submenus	|List| containing the names of
+      		all the submenus.  Present only if the menu
+      		item has submenus.
+
+      Returns an empty dictionary if the menu item is not found.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo menu_info('Edit.Cut')
+      	echo menu_info('File.Save', 'n')
+
+      	" Display the entire menu hierarchy in a buffer
+      	func ShowMenu(name, pfx)
+      	  let m = menu_info(a:name)
+      	  call append(line('$'), a:pfx .. m.display)
+      	  for child in m->get('submenus', [])
+      	    call ShowMenu(a:name .. '.' .. escape(child, '.'),
+      					\ a:pfx .. '    ')
+      	  endfor
+      	endfunc
+      	new
+      	for topmenu in menu_info('').submenus
+      	  call ShowMenu(topmenu, '')
+      	endfor
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'menu_info',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'menu_info({name} [, {mode}])',
+  },
+  min = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}. Example: >vim
+      	echo min([apples, pears, oranges])
+
+      <{expr} can be a |List| or a |Dictionary|.  For a Dictionary,
+      it returns the minimum of all values in the Dictionary.
+      If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
+      items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
+      an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'min',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'min({expr})',
+  },
+  mkdir = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Create directory {name}.
+
+      When {flags} is present it must be a string.  An empty string
+      has no effect.
+
+      If {flags} contains "p" then intermediate directories are
+      created as necessary.
+
+      If {flags} contains "D" then {name} is deleted at the end of
+      the current function, as with: >vim
+      	defer delete({name}, 'd')
+      <
+      If {flags} contains "R" then {name} is deleted recursively at
+      the end of the current function, as with: >vim
+      	defer delete({name}, 'rf')
+      <Note that when {name} has more than one part and "p" is used
+      some directories may already exist.  Only the first one that
+      is created and what it contains is scheduled to be deleted.
+      E.g. when using: >vim
+      	call mkdir('subdir/tmp/autoload', 'pR')
+      <and "subdir" already exists then "subdir/tmp" will be
+      scheduled for deletion, like with: >vim
+      	defer delete('subdir/tmp', 'rf')
+      <
+      If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
+      the new directory.  The default is 0o755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
+      the user, readable for others).  Use 0o700 to make it
+      unreadable for others.
+
+      {prot} is applied for all parts of {name}.  Thus if you create
+      /tmp/foo/bar then /tmp/foo will be created with 0o700. Example: >vim
+      	call mkdir($HOME .. "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0o700)
+
+      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
+      If you try to create an existing directory with {flags} set to
+      "p" mkdir() will silently exit.
+
+      The function result is a Number, which is TRUE if the call was
+      successful or FALSE if the directory creation failed or partly
+      failed.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'mkdir',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'flags', 'string' }, { 'prot', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'mkdir({name} [, {flags} [, {prot}]])',
+    tags = { 'E739' },
+  },
+  mode = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a string that indicates the current mode.
+      If [expr] is supplied and it evaluates to a non-zero Number or
+      a non-empty String (|non-zero-arg|), then the full mode is
+      returned, otherwise only the first letter is returned.
+      Also see |state()|.
+
+         n	    Normal
+         no	    Operator-pending
+         nov	    Operator-pending (forced charwise |o_v|)
+         noV	    Operator-pending (forced linewise |o_V|)
+         noCTRL-V Operator-pending (forced blockwise |o_CTRL-V|)
+      		CTRL-V is one character
+         niI	    Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Insert-mode|
+         niR	    Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Replace-mode|
+         niV	    Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Virtual-Replace-mode|
+         nt	    Normal in |terminal-emulator| (insert goes to
+      		Terminal mode)
+         ntT	    Normal using |t_CTRL-\_CTRL-O| in |Terminal-mode|
+         v	    Visual by character
+         vs	    Visual by character using |v_CTRL-O| in Select mode
+         V	    Visual by line
+         Vs	    Visual by line using |v_CTRL-O| in Select mode
+         CTRL-V   Visual blockwise
+         CTRL-Vs  Visual blockwise using |v_CTRL-O| in Select mode
+         s	    Select by character
+         S	    Select by line
+         CTRL-S   Select blockwise
+         i	    Insert
+         ic	    Insert mode completion |compl-generic|
+         ix	    Insert mode |i_CTRL-X| completion
+         R	    Replace |R|
+         Rc	    Replace mode completion |compl-generic|
+         Rx	    Replace mode |i_CTRL-X| completion
+         Rv	    Virtual Replace |gR|
+         Rvc	    Virtual Replace mode completion |compl-generic|
+         Rvx	    Virtual Replace mode |i_CTRL-X| completion
+         c	    Command-line editing
+         cr	    Command-line editing overstrike mode |c_<Insert>|
+         cv	    Vim Ex mode |gQ|
+         cvr	    Vim Ex mode while in overstrike mode |c_<Insert>|
+         r	    Hit-enter prompt
+         rm	    The -- more -- prompt
+         r?	    A |:confirm| query of some sort
+         !	    Shell or external command is executing
+         t	    Terminal mode: keys go to the job
+
+      This is useful in the 'statusline' option or RPC calls. In
+      most other places it always returns "c" or "n".
+      Note that in the future more modes and more specific modes may
+      be added. It's better not to compare the whole string but only
+      the leading character(s).
+      Also see |visualmode()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'mode',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'mode([expr])',
+  },
+  msgpackdump = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Convert a list of Vimscript objects to msgpack. Returned value is a
+      |readfile()|-style list. When {type} contains "B", a |Blob| is
+      returned instead. Example: >vim
+      	call writefile(msgpackdump([{}]), 'fname.mpack', 'b')
+      <or, using a |Blob|: >vim
+      	call writefile(msgpackdump([{}], 'B'), 'fname.mpack')
+      <
+      This will write the single 0x80 byte to a `fname.mpack` file
+      (dictionary with zero items is represented by 0x80 byte in
+      messagepack).
+
+      Limitations:				*E5004* *E5005*
+      1. |Funcref|s cannot be dumped.
+      2. Containers that reference themselves cannot be dumped.
+      3. Dictionary keys are always dumped as STR strings.
+      4. Other strings and |Blob|s are always dumped as BIN strings.
+      5. Points 3. and 4. do not apply to |msgpack-special-dict|s.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'msgpackdump',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'type', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'msgpackdump({list} [, {type}])',
+  },
+  msgpackparse = {
+    args = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Convert a |readfile()|-style list or a |Blob| to a list of
+      Vimscript objects.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let fname = expand('~/.config/nvim/shada/main.shada')
+      	let mpack = readfile(fname, 'b')
+      	let shada_objects = msgpackparse(mpack)
+      <This will read ~/.config/nvim/shada/main.shada file to
+      `shada_objects` list.
+
+      Limitations:
+      1. Mapping ordering is not preserved unless messagepack
+         mapping is dumped using generic mapping
+         (|msgpack-special-map|).
+      2. Since the parser aims to preserve all data untouched
+         (except for 1.) some strings are parsed to
+         |msgpack-special-dict| format which is not convenient to
+         use.
+      					*msgpack-special-dict*
+      Some messagepack strings may be parsed to special
+      dictionaries. Special dictionaries are dictionaries which
+
+      1. Contain exactly two keys: `_TYPE` and `_VAL`.
+      2. `_TYPE` key is one of the types found in |v:msgpack_types|
+         variable.
+      3. Value for `_VAL` has the following format (Key column
+         contains name of the key from |v:msgpack_types|):
+
+      Key	Value ~
+      nil	Zero, ignored when dumping.  Not returned by
+      	|msgpackparse()| since |v:null| was introduced.
+      boolean	One or zero.  When dumping it is only checked that
+      	value is a |Number|.  Not returned by |msgpackparse()|
+      	since |v:true| and |v:false| were introduced.
+      integer	|List| with four numbers: sign (-1 or 1), highest two
+      	bits, number with bits from 62nd to 31st, lowest 31
+      	bits. I.e. to get actual number one will need to use
+      	code like >
+      		_VAL[0] * ((_VAL[1] << 62)
+      		           & (_VAL[2] << 31)
+      		           & _VAL[3])
+      <	Special dictionary with this type will appear in
+      	|msgpackparse()| output under one of the following
+      	circumstances:
+      	1. |Number| is 32-bit and value is either above
+      	   INT32_MAX or below INT32_MIN.
+      	2. |Number| is 64-bit and value is above INT64_MAX. It
+      	   cannot possibly be below INT64_MIN because msgpack
+      	   C parser does not support such values.
+      float	|Float|. This value cannot possibly appear in
+      	|msgpackparse()| output.
+      string	|readfile()|-style list of strings. This value will
+      	appear in |msgpackparse()| output if string contains
+      	zero byte or if string is a mapping key and mapping is
+      	being represented as special dictionary for other
+      	reasons.
+      binary	|String|, or |Blob| if binary string contains zero
+      	byte. This value cannot appear in |msgpackparse()|
+      	output since blobs were introduced.
+      array	|List|. This value cannot appear in |msgpackparse()|
+      	output.
+      					*msgpack-special-map*
+      map	|List| of |List|s with two items (key and value) each.
+      	This value will appear in |msgpackparse()| output if
+      	parsed mapping contains one of the following keys:
+      	1. Any key that is not a string (including keys which
+      	   are binary strings).
+      	2. String with NUL byte inside.
+      	3. Duplicate key.
+      	4. Empty key.
+      ext	|List| with two values: first is a signed integer
+      	representing extension type. Second is
+      	|readfile()|-style list of strings.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'msgpackparse',
+    params = { { 'data', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'msgpackparse({data})',
+  },
+  nextnonblank = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
+      that is not blank.  Example: >vim
+      	if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java" | endif
+      <When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
+      below it, zero is returned.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
+      See also |prevnonblank()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'nextnonblank',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'nextnonblank({lnum})',
+  },
+  nr2char = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a string with a single character, which has the number
+      value {expr}.  Examples: >vim
+      	echo nr2char(64)		" returns '@'
+      	echo nr2char(32)		" returns ' '
+      <Example for "utf-8": >vim
+      	echo nr2char(300)		" returns I with bow character
+      <
+      UTF-8 encoding is always used, {utf8} option has no effect,
+      and exists only for backwards-compatibility.
+      Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
+      nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
+      characters.  nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
+      string, thus results in an empty string.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'nr2char',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'utf8', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'nr2char({expr} [, {utf8}])',
+  },
+  nvim_api__ = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Call nvim |api| functions. The type checking of arguments will
+      be stricter than for most other builtins. For instance,
+      if Integer is expected, a |Number| must be passed in, a
+      |String| will not be autoconverted.
+      Buffer numbers, as returned by |bufnr()| could be used as
+      first argument to nvim_buf_... functions.  All functions
+      expecting an object (buffer, window or tabpage) can
+      also take the numerical value 0 to indicate the current
+      (focused) object.
+    ]=],
+    lua = false,
+    name = 'nvim_...',
+    params = VARARGS,
+    signature = 'nvim_...({...})',
+    tags = { 'E5555', 'eval-api' },
+  },
+  ['or'] = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Bitwise OR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
+      to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
+      Also see `and()` and `xor()`.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let bits = or(bits, 0x80)
+
+      <Rationale: The reason this is a function and not using the "|"
+      character like many languages, is that Vi has always used "|"
+      to separate commands.  In many places it would not be clear if
+      "|" is an operator or a command separator.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'or',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'or({expr}, {expr})',
+  },
+  pathshorten = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Shorten directory names in the path {path} and return the
+      result.  The tail, the file name, is kept as-is.  The other
+      components in the path are reduced to {len} letters in length.
+      If {len} is omitted or smaller than 1 then 1 is used (single
+      letters).  Leading '~' and '.' characters are kept.  Examples: >vim
+      	echo pathshorten('~/.config/nvim/autoload/file1.vim')
+      <	~/.c/n/a/file1.vim ~
+      >vim
+      	echo pathshorten('~/.config/nvim/autoload/file2.vim', 2)
+      <	~/.co/nv/au/file2.vim ~
+      It doesn't matter if the path exists or not.
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'pathshorten',
+    params = { { 'path', 'string' }, { 'len', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'pathshorten({path} [, {len}])',
+  },
+  perleval = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Evaluate |perl| expression {expr} and return its result
+      converted to Vim data structures.
+      Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are
+      copied though).
+      Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
+      Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type,
+      non-string keys result in error.
+
+      Note: If you want an array or hash, {expr} must return a
+      reference to it.
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo perleval('[1 .. 4]')
+      <	[1, 2, 3, 4]
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'perleval',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'perleval({expr})',
+  },
+  pow = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the power of {x} to the exponent {y} as a |Float|.
+      {x} and {y} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {x} or {y} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo pow(3, 3)
+      <	27.0 >vim
+      	echo pow(2, 16)
+      <	65536.0 >vim
+      	echo pow(32, 0.20)
+      <	2.0
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'pow',
+    params = { { 'x', 'any' }, { 'y', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'pow({x}, {y})',
+  },
+  prevnonblank = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
+      that is not blank.  Example: >vim
+      	let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
+      <When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
+      above it, zero is returned.
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
+      Also see |nextnonblank()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'prevnonblank',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'prevnonblank({lnum})',
+  },
+  printf = {
+    args = { 1 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a String with {fmt}, where "%" items are replaced by
+      the formatted form of their respective arguments.  Example: >vim
+      	echo printf("%4d: E%d %.30s", lnum, errno, msg)
+      <May result in:
+      	"  99: E42 asdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfas" ~
+
+      When used as a |method| the base is passed as the second
+      argument: >vim
+      	Compute()->printf("result: %d")
+      <
+      You can use `call()` to pass the items as a list.
+
+      Often used items are:
+        %s	string
+        %6S	string right-aligned in 6 display cells
+        %6s	string right-aligned in 6 bytes
+        %.9s	string truncated to 9 bytes
+        %c	single byte
+        %d	decimal number
+        %5d	decimal number padded with spaces to 5 characters
+        %b	binary number
+        %08b	binary number padded with zeros to at least 8 characters
+        %B	binary number using upper case letters
+        %x	hex number
+        %04x	hex number padded with zeros to at least 4 characters
+        %X	hex number using upper case letters
+        %o	octal number
+        %f	floating point number as 12.23, inf, -inf or nan
+        %F	floating point number as 12.23, INF, -INF or NAN
+        %e	floating point number as 1.23e3, inf, -inf or nan
+        %E	floating point number as 1.23E3, INF, -INF or NAN
+        %g	floating point number, as %f or %e depending on value
+        %G	floating point number, as %F or %E depending on value
+        %%	the % character itself
+        %p	representation of the pointer to the container
+
+      Conversion specifications start with '%' and end with the
+      conversion type.  All other characters are copied unchanged to
+      the result.
+
+      The "%" starts a conversion specification.  The following
+      arguments appear in sequence:
+
+      	% [pos-argument] [flags] [field-width] [.precision] type
+
+      pos-argument
+      	At most one positional argument specifier. These
+      	take the form {n$}, where n is >= 1.
+
+      flags
+      	Zero or more of the following flags:
+
+          #	      The value should be converted to an "alternate
+      	      form".  For c, d, and s conversions, this option
+      	      has no effect.  For o conversions, the precision
+      	      of the number is increased to force the first
+      	      character of the output string to a zero (except
+      	      if a zero value is printed with an explicit
+      	      precision of zero).
+      	      For x and X conversions, a non-zero result has
+      	      the string "0x" (or "0X" for X conversions)
+      	      prepended to it.
+
+          0 (zero)  Zero padding.  For all conversions the converted
+      	      value is padded on the left with zeros rather
+      	      than blanks.  If a precision is given with a
+      	      numeric conversion (d, o, x, and X), the 0 flag
+      	      is ignored.
+
+          -	      A negative field width flag; the converted value
+      	      is to be left adjusted on the field boundary.
+      	      The converted value is padded on the right with
+      	      blanks, rather than on the left with blanks or
+      	      zeros.  A - overrides a 0 if both are given.
+
+          ' ' (space)  A blank should be left before a positive
+      	      number produced by a signed conversion (d).
+
+          +	      A sign must always be placed before a number
+      	      produced by a signed conversion.  A + overrides
+      	      a space if both are used.
+
+      field-width
+      	An optional decimal digit string specifying a minimum
+      	field width.  If the converted value has fewer bytes
+      	than the field width, it will be padded with spaces on
+      	the left (or right, if the left-adjustment flag has
+      	been given) to fill out the field width.  For the S
+      	conversion the count is in cells.
+
+      .precision
+      	An optional precision, in the form of a period '.'
+      	followed by an optional digit string.  If the digit
+      	string is omitted, the precision is taken as zero.
+      	This gives the minimum number of digits to appear for
+      	d, o, x, and X conversions, the maximum number of
+      	bytes to be printed from a string for s conversions,
+      	or the maximum number of cells to be printed from a
+      	string for S conversions.
+      	For floating point it is the number of digits after
+      	the decimal point.
+
+      type
+      	A character that specifies the type of conversion to
+      	be applied, see below.
+
+      A field width or precision, or both, may be indicated by an
+      asterisk "*" instead of a digit string.  In this case, a
+      Number argument supplies the field width or precision.  A
+      negative field width is treated as a left adjustment flag
+      followed by a positive field width; a negative precision is
+      treated as though it were missing.  Example: >vim
+      	echo printf("%d: %.*s", nr, width, line)
+      <This limits the length of the text used from "line" to
+      "width" bytes.
+
+      If the argument to be formatted is specified using a posional
+      argument specifier, and a '*' is used to indicate that a
+      number argument is to be used to specify the width or
+      precision, the argument(s) to be used must also be specified
+      using a {n$} positional argument specifier. See |printf-$|.
+
+      The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:
+
+      		*printf-d* *printf-b* *printf-B* *printf-o* *printf-x* *printf-X*
+      dbBoxX	The Number argument is converted to signed decimal (d),
+      	unsigned binary (b and B), unsigned octal (o), or
+      	unsigned hexadecimal (x and X) notation.  The letters
+      	"abcdef" are used for x conversions; the letters
+      	"ABCDEF" are used for X conversions.  The precision, if
+      	any, gives the minimum number of digits that must
+      	appear; if the converted value requires fewer digits, it
+      	is padded on the left with zeros.  In no case does a
+      	non-existent or small field width cause truncation of a
+      	numeric field; if the result of a conversion is wider
+      	than the field width, the field is expanded to contain
+      	the conversion result.
+      	The 'h' modifier indicates the argument is 16 bits.
+      	The 'l' modifier indicates the argument is a long
+      	integer.  The size will be 32 bits or 64 bits
+      	depending on your platform.
+      	The "ll" modifier indicates the argument is 64 bits.
+      	The b and B conversion specifiers never take a width
+      	modifier and always assume their argument is a 64 bit
+      	integer.
+      	Generally, these modifiers are not useful. They are
+      	ignored when type is known from the argument.
+
+      i	alias for d
+      D	alias for ld
+      U	alias for lu
+      O	alias for lo
+
+      					*printf-c*
+      c	The Number argument is converted to a byte, and the
+      	resulting character is written.
+
+      					*printf-s*
+      s	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
+      	precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
+      	specified are used.
+      	If the argument is not a String type, it is
+      	automatically converted to text with the same format
+      	as ":echo".
+      					*printf-S*
+      S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
+      	precision is specified, no more display cells than the
+      	number specified are used.
+
+      					*printf-f* *E807*
+      f F	The Float argument is converted into a string of the
+      	form 123.456.  The precision specifies the number of
+      	digits after the decimal point.  When the precision is
+      	zero the decimal point is omitted.  When the precision
+      	is not specified 6 is used.  A really big number
+      	(out of range or dividing by zero) results in "inf"
+      	 or "-inf" with %f (INF or -INF with %F).
+      	 "0.0 / 0.0" results in "nan" with %f (NAN with %F).
+      	Example: >vim
+      		echo printf("%.2f", 12.115)
+      <		12.12
+      	Note that roundoff depends on the system libraries.
+      	Use |round()| when in doubt.
+
+      					*printf-e* *printf-E*
+      e E	The Float argument is converted into a string of the
+      	form 1.234e+03 or 1.234E+03 when using 'E'.  The
+      	precision specifies the number of digits after the
+      	decimal point, like with 'f'.
+
+      					*printf-g* *printf-G*
+      g G	The Float argument is converted like with 'f' if the
+      	value is between 0.001 (inclusive) and 10000000.0
+      	(exclusive).  Otherwise 'e' is used for 'g' and 'E'
+      	for 'G'.  When no precision is specified superfluous
+      	zeroes and '+' signs are removed, except for the zero
+      	immediately after the decimal point.  Thus 10000000.0
+      	results in 1.0e7.
+
+      					*printf-%*
+      %	A '%' is written.  No argument is converted.  The
+      	complete conversion specification is "%%".
+
+      When a Number argument is expected a String argument is also
+      accepted and automatically converted.
+      When a Float or String argument is expected a Number argument
+      is also accepted and automatically converted.
+      Any other argument type results in an error message.
+
+      					*E766* *E767*
+      The number of {exprN} arguments must exactly match the number
+      of "%" items.  If there are not sufficient or too many
+      arguments an error is given.  Up to 18 arguments can be used.
+
+      					*printf-$*
+      In certain languages, error and informative messages are
+      more readable when the order of words is different from the
+      corresponding message in English. To accommodate translations
+      having a different word order, positional arguments may be
+      used to indicate this. For instance: >vim
+
+          #, c-format
+          msgid "%s returning %s"
+          msgstr "waarde %2$s komt terug van %1$s"
+      <
+      In this example, the sentence has its 2 string arguments
+      reversed in the output. >vim
+
+          echo printf(
+      	"In The Netherlands, vim's creator's name is: %1$s %2$s",
+      	"Bram", "Moolenaar")
+      <    In The Netherlands, vim's creator's name is: Bram Moolenaar >vim
+
+          echo printf(
+      	"In Belgium, vim's creator's name is: %2$s %1$s",
+      	"Bram", "Moolenaar")
+      <    In Belgium, vim's creator's name is: Moolenaar Bram
+
+      Width (and precision) can be specified using the '*' specifier.
+      In this case, you must specify the field width position in the
+      argument list. >vim
+
+          echo printf("%1$*2$.*3$d", 1, 2, 3)
+      <    001 >vim
+          echo printf("%2$*3$.*1$d", 1, 2, 3)
+      <      2 >vim
+          echo printf("%3$*1$.*2$d", 1, 2, 3)
+      <    03 >vim
+          echo printf("%1$*2$.*3$g", 1.4142, 2, 3)
+      <    1.414
+
+      You can mix specifying the width and/or precision directly
+      and via positional arguments: >vim
+
+          echo printf("%1$4.*2$f", 1.4142135, 6)
+      <    1.414214 >vim
+          echo printf("%1$*2$.4f", 1.4142135, 6)
+      <    1.4142 >vim
+          echo printf("%1$*2$.*3$f", 1.4142135, 6, 2)
+      <      1.41
+
+      					*E1500*
+      You cannot mix positional and non-positional arguments: >vim
+          echo printf("%s%1$s", "One", "Two")
+      <    E1500: Cannot mix positional and non-positional arguments:
+          %s%1$s
+
+      					*E1501*
+      You cannot skip a positional argument in a format string: >vim
+          echo printf("%3$s%1$s", "One", "Two", "Three")
+      <    E1501: format argument 2 unused in $-style format:
+          %3$s%1$s
+
+      					*E1502*
+      You can re-use a [field-width] (or [precision]) argument: >vim
+          echo printf("%1$d at width %2$d is: %01$*2$d", 1, 2)
+      <    1 at width 2 is: 01
+
+      However, you can't use it as a different type: >vim
+          echo printf("%1$d at width %2$ld is: %01$*2$d", 1, 2)
+      <    E1502: Positional argument 2 used as field width reused as
+          different type: long int/int
+
+      					*E1503*
+      When a positional argument is used, but not the correct number
+      or arguments is given, an error is raised: >vim
+          echo printf("%1$d at width %2$d is: %01$*2$.*3$d", 1, 2)
+      <    E1503: Positional argument 3 out of bounds: %1$d at width
+          %2$d is: %01$*2$.*3$d
+
+      Only the first error is reported: >vim
+          echo printf("%01$*2$.*3$d %4$d", 1, 2)
+      <    E1503: Positional argument 3 out of bounds: %01$*2$.*3$d
+          %4$d
+
+      					*E1504*
+      A positional argument can be used more than once: >vim
+          echo printf("%1$s %2$s %1$s", "One", "Two")
+      <    One Two One
+
+      However, you can't use a different type the second time: >vim
+          echo printf("%1$s %2$s %1$d", "One", "Two")
+      <    E1504: Positional argument 1 type used inconsistently:
+          int/string
+
+      					*E1505*
+      Various other errors that lead to a format string being
+      wrongly formatted lead to: >vim
+          echo printf("%1$d at width %2$d is: %01$*2$.3$d", 1, 2)
+      <    E1505: Invalid format specifier: %1$d at width %2$d is:
+          %01$*2$.3$d
+
+      					*E1507*
+      This internal error indicates that the logic to parse a
+      positional format argument ran into a problem that couldn't be
+      otherwise reported.  Please file a bug against Vim if you run
+      into this, copying the exact format string and parameters that
+      were used.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'printf',
+    params = { { 'fmt', 'any' }, { 'expr1', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)',
+  },
+  prompt_getprompt = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the effective prompt text for buffer {buf}.  {buf} can
+      be a buffer name or number.  See |prompt-buffer|.
+
+      If the buffer doesn't exist or isn't a prompt buffer, an empty
+      string is returned.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'prompt_getprompt',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'prompt_getprompt({buf})',
+  },
+  prompt_setcallback = {
+    args = { 2, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set prompt callback for buffer {buf} to {expr}.  When {expr}
+      is an empty string the callback is removed.  This has only
+      effect if {buf} has 'buftype' set to "prompt".
+
+      The callback is invoked when pressing Enter.  The current
+      buffer will always be the prompt buffer.  A new line for a
+      prompt is added before invoking the callback, thus the prompt
+      for which the callback was invoked will be in the last but one
+      line.
+      If the callback wants to add text to the buffer, it must
+      insert it above the last line, since that is where the current
+      prompt is.  This can also be done asynchronously.
+      The callback is invoked with one argument, which is the text
+      that was entered at the prompt.  This can be an empty string
+      if the user only typed Enter.
+      Example: >vim
+         func s:TextEntered(text)
+           if a:text == 'exit' || a:text == 'quit'
+             stopinsert
+             " Reset 'modified' to allow the buffer to be closed.
+             " We assume there is nothing useful to be saved.
+             set nomodified
+             close
+           else
+             " Do something useful with "a:text".  In this example
+             " we just repeat it.
+             call append(line('$') - 1, 'Entered: "' .. a:text .. '"')
+           endif
+         endfunc
+         call prompt_setcallback(bufnr(), function('s:TextEntered'))
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'prompt_setcallback',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'prompt_setcallback({buf}, {expr})',
+  },
+  prompt_setinterrupt = {
+    args = { 2, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set a callback for buffer {buf} to {expr}.  When {expr} is an
+      empty string the callback is removed.  This has only effect if
+      {buf} has 'buftype' set to "prompt".
+
+      This callback will be invoked when pressing CTRL-C in Insert
+      mode.  Without setting a callback Vim will exit Insert mode,
+      as in any buffer.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'prompt_setinterrupt',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'prompt_setinterrupt({buf}, {expr})',
+  },
+  prompt_setprompt = {
+    args = { 2, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set prompt for buffer {buf} to {text}.  You most likely want
+      {text} to end in a space.
+      The result is only visible if {buf} has 'buftype' set to
+      "prompt".  Example: >vim
+      	call prompt_setprompt(bufnr(''), 'command: ')
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'prompt_setprompt',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'text', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'prompt_setprompt({buf}, {text})',
+  },
+  pum_getpos = {
+    desc = [=[
+      If the popup menu (see |ins-completion-menu|) is not visible,
+      returns an empty |Dictionary|, otherwise, returns a
+      |Dictionary| with the following keys:
+      	height		nr of items visible
+      	width		screen cells
+      	row		top screen row (0 first row)
+      	col		leftmost screen column (0 first col)
+      	size		total nr of items
+      	scrollbar	|TRUE| if scrollbar is visible
+
+      The values are the same as in |v:event| during |CompleteChanged|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'pum_getpos',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'pum_getpos()',
+  },
+  pumvisible = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns non-zero when the popup menu is visible, zero
+      otherwise.  See |ins-completion-menu|.
+      This can be used to avoid some things that would remove the
+      popup menu.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'pumvisible',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'pumvisible()',
+  },
+  py3eval = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
+      converted to Vim data structures.
+      Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are
+      copied though, Unicode strings are additionally converted to
+      UTF-8).
+      Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
+      Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with
+      keys converted to strings.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'py3eval',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'py3eval({expr})',
+  },
+  pyeval = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
+      converted to Vim data structures.
+      Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are
+      copied though).
+      Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
+      Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type,
+      non-string keys result in error.
+
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_py3eval',
+    name = 'pyeval',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'pyeval({expr})',
+    tags = { 'E858', 'E859' },
+  },
+  pyxeval = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
+      converted to Vim data structures.
+      Uses Python 2 or 3, see |python_x| and 'pyxversion'.
+      See also: |pyeval()|, |py3eval()|
+
+    ]=],
+    func = 'f_py3eval',
+    name = 'pyxeval',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'pyxeval({expr})',
+  },
+  rand = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a pseudo-random Number generated with an xoshiro128**
+      algorithm using seed {expr}.  The returned number is 32 bits,
+      also on 64 bits systems, for consistency.
+      {expr} can be initialized by |srand()| and will be updated by
+      rand().  If {expr} is omitted, an internal seed value is used
+      and updated.
+      Returns -1 if {expr} is invalid.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo rand()
+      	let seed = srand()
+      	echo rand(seed)
+      	echo rand(seed) % 16  " random number 0 - 15
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'rand',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'rand([{expr}])',
+  },
+  range = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| with Numbers:
+      - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1]
+      - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}]
+      - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ...,
+        {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not
+        producing a value past {max}).
+      When the maximum is one before the start the result is an
+      empty list.  When the maximum is more than one before the
+      start this is an error.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo range(4)		" [0, 1, 2, 3]
+      	echo range(2, 4)	" [2, 3, 4]
+      	echo range(2, 9, 3)	" [2, 5, 8]
+      	echo range(2, -2, -1)	" [2, 1, 0, -1, -2]
+      	echo range(0)		" []
+      	echo range(2, 0)	" error!
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'range',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'max', 'any' }, { 'stride', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])',
+    tags = { 'E726', 'E727' },
+  },
+  readblob = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Read file {fname} in binary mode and return a |Blob|.
+      If {offset} is specified, read the file from the specified
+      offset.  If it is a negative value, it is used as an offset
+      from the end of the file.  E.g., to read the last 12 bytes: >vim
+      	echo readblob('file.bin', -12)
+      <If {size} is specified, only the specified size will be read.
+      E.g. to read the first 100 bytes of a file: >vim
+      	echo readblob('file.bin', 0, 100)
+      <If {size} is -1 or omitted, the whole data starting from
+      {offset} will be read.
+      This can be also used to read the data from a character device
+      on Unix when {size} is explicitly set.  Only if the device
+      supports seeking {offset} can be used.  Otherwise it should be
+      zero.  E.g. to read 10 bytes from a serial console: >vim
+      	echo readblob('/dev/ttyS0', 0, 10)
+      <When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
+      the result is an empty |Blob|.
+      When the offset is beyond the end of the file the result is an
+      empty blob.
+      When trying to read more bytes than are available the result
+      is truncated.
+      Also see |readfile()| and |writefile()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'readblob',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'offset', 'any' }, { 'size', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'readblob({fname} [, {offset} [, {size}]])',
+  },
+  readdir = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a list with file and directory names in {directory}.
+      You can also use |glob()| if you don't need to do complicated
+      things, such as limiting the number of matches.
+
+      When {expr} is omitted all entries are included.
+      When {expr} is given, it is evaluated to check what to do:
+      	If {expr} results in -1 then no further entries will
+      	be handled.
+      	If {expr} results in 0 then this entry will not be
+      	added to the list.
+      	If {expr} results in 1 then this entry will be added
+      	to the list.
+      Each time {expr} is evaluated |v:val| is set to the entry name.
+      When {expr} is a function the name is passed as the argument.
+      For example, to get a list of files ending in ".txt": >vim
+        echo readdir(dirname, {n -> n =~ '.txt$'})
+      <To skip hidden and backup files: >vim
+        echo readdir(dirname, {n -> n !~ '^\.\|\~$'})
+
+      <If you want to get a directory tree: >vim
+        function! s:tree(dir)
+            return {a:dir : map(readdir(a:dir),
+            \ {_, x -> isdirectory(x) ?
+            \          {x : s:tree(a:dir .. '/' .. x)} : x})}
+        endfunction
+        echo s:tree(".")
+      <
+      Returns an empty List on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'readdir',
+    params = { { 'directory', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'readdir({directory} [, {expr}])',
+  },
+  readfile = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Read file {fname} and return a |List|, each line of the file
+      as an item.  Lines are broken at NL characters.  Macintosh
+      files separated with CR will result in a single long line
+      (unless a NL appears somewhere).
+      All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
+      When {type} contains "b" binary mode is used:
+      - When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
+        added.
+      - No CR characters are removed.
+      Otherwise:
+      - CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
+      - Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
+      - Any UTF-8 byte order mark is removed from the text.
+      When {max} is given this specifies the maximum number of lines
+      to be read.  Useful if you only want to check the first ten
+      lines of a file: >vim
+      	for line in readfile(fname, '', 10)
+      	  if line =~ 'Date' | echo line | endif
+      	endfor
+      <When {max} is negative -{max} lines from the end of the file
+      are returned, or as many as there are.
+      When {max} is zero the result is an empty list.
+      Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
+      Also note that there is no recognition of encoding.  Read a
+      file into a buffer if you need to.
+      Deprecated (use |readblob()| instead): When {type} contains
+      "B" a |Blob| is returned with the binary data of the file
+      unmodified.
+      When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
+      the result is an empty list.
+      Also see |writefile()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'readfile',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'type', 'any' }, { 'max', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]])',
+  },
+  reduce = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'E998' },
+    desc = [=[
+      {func} is called for every item in {object}, which can be a
+      |String|, |List| or a |Blob|.  {func} is called with two
+      arguments: the result so far and current item.  After
+      processing all items the result is returned.
+
+      {initial} is the initial result.  When omitted, the first item
+      in {object} is used and {func} is first called for the second
+      item.  If {initial} is not given and {object} is empty no
+      result can be computed, an E998 error is given.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo reduce([1, 3, 5], { acc, val -> acc + val })
+      	echo reduce(['x', 'y'], { acc, val -> acc .. val }, 'a')
+      	echo reduce(0z1122, { acc, val -> 2 * acc + val })
+      	echo reduce('xyz', { acc, val -> acc .. ',' .. val })
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'reduce',
+    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'func', 'any' }, { 'initial', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'reduce({object}, {func} [, {initial}])',
+  },
+  reg_executing = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the single letter name of the register being executed.
+      Returns an empty string when no register is being executed.
+      See |@|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'reg_executing',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'reg_executing()',
+  },
+  reg_recorded = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the single letter name of the last recorded register.
+      Returns an empty string when nothing was recorded yet.
+      See |q| and |Q|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'reg_recorded',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'reg_recorded()',
+  },
+  reg_recording = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the single letter name of the register being recorded.
+      Returns an empty string when not recording.  See |q|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'reg_recording',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'reg_recording()',
+  },
+  reltime = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'reltime',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'reltime()',
+  },
+  reltime__1 = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'reltime',
+    params = { { 'start', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'reltime({start})',
+  },
+  reltime__2 = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return an item that represents a time value.  The item is a
+      list with items that depend on the system.
+      The item can be passed to |reltimestr()| to convert it to a
+      string or |reltimefloat()| to convert to a Float.
+
+      Without an argument it returns the current "relative time", an
+      implementation-defined value meaningful only when used as an
+      argument to |reltime()|, |reltimestr()| and |reltimefloat()|.
+
+      With one argument it returns the time passed since the time
+      specified in the argument.
+      With two arguments it returns the time passed between {start}
+      and {end}.
+
+      The {start} and {end} arguments must be values returned by
+      reltime().  Returns zero on error.
+
+      Note: |localtime()| returns the current (non-relative) time.
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'reltime',
+    params = { { 'start', 'any' }, { 'end', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'reltime({start}, {end})',
+  },
+  reltimefloat = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a Float that represents the time value of {time}.
+      Unit of time is seconds.
+      Example:
+      	let start = reltime()
+      	call MyFunction()
+      	let seconds = reltimefloat(reltime(start))
+      See the note of reltimestr() about overhead.
+      Also see |profiling|.
+      If there is an error an empty string is returned
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'reltimefloat',
+    params = { { 'time', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'reltimefloat({time})',
+  },
+  reltimestr = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a String that represents the time value of {time}.
+      This is the number of seconds, a dot and the number of
+      microseconds.  Example: >vim
+      	let start = reltime()
+      	call MyFunction()
+      	echo reltimestr(reltime(start))
+      <Note that overhead for the commands will be added to the time.
+      Leading spaces are used to make the string align nicely.  You
+      can use split() to remove it. >vim
+      	echo split(reltimestr(reltime(start)))[0]
+      <Also see |profiling|.
+      If there is an error an empty string is returned
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'reltimestr',
+    params = { { 'time', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'reltimestr({time})',
+  },
+  remove = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    name = 'remove',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'idx', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'remove({list}, {idx})',
+  },
+  remove__1 = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from |List| {list} and
+      return the item.
+      With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
+      return a |List| with these items.  When {idx} points to the same
+      item as {end} a list with one item is returned.  When {end}
+      points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
+      See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
+      Returns zero on error.
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo "last item: " .. remove(mylist, -1)
+      	call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
+      <
+      Use |delete()| to remove a file.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'remove',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'idx', 'integer' }, { 'end', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'remove({list}, {idx}, {end})',
+  },
+  remove__2 = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    name = 'remove',
+    params = { { 'blob', 'any' }, { 'idx', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'remove({blob}, {idx})',
+  },
+  remove__3 = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Without {end}: Remove the byte at {idx} from |Blob| {blob} and
+      return the byte.
+      With {end}: Remove bytes from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
+      return a |Blob| with these bytes.  When {idx} points to the same
+      byte as {end} a |Blob| with one byte is returned.  When {end}
+      points to a byte before {idx} this is an error.
+      Returns zero on error.
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo "last byte: " .. remove(myblob, -1)
+      	call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'remove',
+    params = { { 'blob', 'any' }, { 'idx', 'integer' }, { 'end', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'remove({blob}, {idx}, {end})',
+  },
+  remove__4 = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key} and return it.
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo "removed " .. remove(dict, "one")
+      <If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
+      Returns zero on error.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'remove',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'any' }, { 'key', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'remove({dict}, {key})',
+  },
+  rename = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}.  This
+      should also work to move files across file systems.  The
+      result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
+      successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
+      NOTE: If {to} exists it is overwritten without warning.
+      This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'rename',
+    params = { { 'from', 'any' }, { 'to', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'rename({from}, {to})',
+  },
+  ['repeat'] = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
+      result.  Example: >vim
+      	let separator = repeat('-', 80)
+      <When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
+      When {expr} is a |List| or a |Blob| the result is {expr}
+      concatenated {count} times.  Example: >vim
+      	let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
+      <Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'repeat',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'count', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'repeat({expr}, {count})',
+  },
+  resolve = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'E655' },
+    desc = [=[
+      On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
+      returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
+      On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
+      components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
+      To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
+      stopped after 100 iterations.
+      On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
+      The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
+      resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
+      current directory (provided the result is still a relative
+      path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'resolve',
+    params = { { 'filename', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'resolve({filename})',
+  },
+  reverse = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Reverse the order of items in {object}.  {object} can be a
+      |List|, a |Blob| or a |String|.  For a List and a Blob the
+      items are reversed in-place and {object} is returned.
+      For a String a new String is returned.
+      Returns zero if {object} is not a List, Blob or a String.
+      If you want a List or Blob to remain unmodified make a copy
+      first: >vim
+      	let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'reverse',
+    params = { { 'object', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'reverse({object})',
+  },
+  round = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Round off {expr} to the nearest integral value and return it
+      as a |Float|.  If {expr} lies halfway between two integral
+      values, then use the larger one (away from zero).
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo round(0.456)
+      <	0.0  >vim
+      	echo round(4.5)
+      <	5.0 >vim
+      	echo round(-4.5)
+      <	-5.0
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'round',
+    name = 'round',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'round({expr})',
+  },
+  rpcnotify = {
+    args = { 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Sends {event} to {channel} via |RPC| and returns immediately.
+      If {channel} is 0, the event is broadcast to all channels.
+      Example: >vim
+      	au VimLeave call rpcnotify(0, "leaving")
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'rpcnotify',
+    params = { { 'channel', 'any' }, { 'event', 'any' }, { 'args', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'rpcnotify({channel}, {event} [, {args}...])',
+  },
+  rpcrequest = {
+    args = { 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Sends a request to {channel} to invoke {method} via
+      |RPC| and blocks until a response is received.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let result = rpcrequest(rpc_chan, "func", 1, 2, 3)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'rpcrequest',
+    params = { { 'channel', 'any' }, { 'method', 'any' }, { 'args', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'rpcrequest({channel}, {method} [, {args}...])',
+  },
+  rpcstart = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Deprecated. Replace  >vim
+      	let id = rpcstart('prog', ['arg1', 'arg2'])
+      <with >vim
+      	let id = jobstart(['prog', 'arg1', 'arg2'], {'rpc': v:true})
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'rpcstart',
+    params = { { 'prog', 'any' }, { 'argv', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'rpcstart({prog} [, {argv}])',
+  },
+  rpcstop = {
+    args = 1,
+    deprecated = true,
+    desc = [=[
+      Use |jobstop()| instead to stop any job, or
+      `chanclose(id, "rpc")` to close RPC communication
+      without stopping the job. Use chanclose(id) to close
+      any socket.
+    ]=],
+    params = VARARGS,
+    signature = 'rpcstop(...)',
+  },
+  rubyeval = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Evaluate Ruby expression {expr} and return its result
+      converted to Vim data structures.
+      Numbers, floats and strings are returned as they are (strings
+      are copied though).
+      Arrays are represented as Vim |List| type.
+      Hashes are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type.
+      Other objects are represented as strings resulted from their
+      "Object#to_s" method.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'rubyeval',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'rubyeval({expr})',
+  },
+  screenattr = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |screenchar()|, but return the attribute.  This is a rather
+      arbitrary number that can only be used to compare to the
+      attribute at other positions.
+      Returns -1 when row or col is out of range.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'screenattr',
+    params = { { 'row', 'any' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'screenattr({row}, {col})',
+  },
+  screenchar = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the character at position
+      [row, col] on the screen.  This works for every possible
+      screen position, also status lines, window separators and the
+      command line.  The top left position is row one, column one
+      The character excludes composing characters.  For double-byte
+      encodings it may only be the first byte.
+      This is mainly to be used for testing.
+      Returns -1 when row or col is out of range.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'screenchar',
+    params = { { 'row', 'any' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'screenchar({row}, {col})',
+  },
+  screenchars = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a |List| of Numbers.  The first number is the same
+      as what |screenchar()| returns.  Further numbers are
+      composing characters on top of the base character.
+      This is mainly to be used for testing.
+      Returns an empty List when row or col is out of range.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'screenchars',
+    params = { { 'row', 'any' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'screenchars({row}, {col})',
+  },
+  screencol = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the current screen column of
+      the cursor. The leftmost column has number 1.
+      This function is mainly used for testing.
+
+      Note: Always returns the current screen column, thus if used
+      in a command (e.g. ":echo screencol()") it will return the
+      column inside the command line, which is 1 when the command is
+      executed. To get the cursor position in the file use one of
+      the following mappings: >vim
+      	nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom " .. screencol() .. "\n"
+      	nnoremap <silent> GG :echom screencol()<CR>
+      	noremap GG <Cmd>echom screencol()<Cr>
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'screencol',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'screencol()',
+  },
+  screenpos = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Dict with the screen position of the text
+      character in window {winid} at buffer line {lnum} and column
+      {col}.  {col} is a one-based byte index.
+      The Dict has these members:
+      	row	screen row
+      	col	first screen column
+      	endcol	last screen column
+      	curscol	cursor screen column
+      If the specified position is not visible, all values are zero.
+      The "endcol" value differs from "col" when the character
+      occupies more than one screen cell.  E.g. for a Tab "col" can
+      be 1 and "endcol" can be 8.
+      The "curscol" value is where the cursor would be placed.  For
+      a Tab it would be the same as "endcol", while for a double
+      width character it would be the same as "col".
+      The |conceal| feature is ignored here, the column numbers are
+      as if 'conceallevel' is zero.  You can set the cursor to the
+      right position and use |screencol()| to get the value with
+      |conceal| taken into account.
+      If the position is in a closed fold the screen position of the
+      first character is returned, {col} is not used.
+      Returns an empty Dict if {winid} is invalid.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'screenpos',
+    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'screenpos({winid}, {lnum}, {col})',
+  },
+  screenrow = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the current screen row of the
+      cursor.  The top line has number one.
+      This function is mainly used for testing.
+      Alternatively you can use |winline()|.
+
+      Note: Same restrictions as with |screencol()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'screenrow',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'screenrow()',
+  },
+  screenstring = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String that contains the base character and
+      any composing characters at position [row, col] on the screen.
+      This is like |screenchars()| but returning a String with the
+      characters.
+      This is mainly to be used for testing.
+      Returns an empty String when row or col is out of range.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'screenstring',
+    params = { { 'row', 'any' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'screenstring({row}, {col})',
+  },
+  search = {
+    args = { 1, 5 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Search for regexp pattern {pattern}.  The search starts at the
+      cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
+
+      When a match has been found its line number is returned.
+      If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
+      move.  No error message is given.
+
+      {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
+      'b'	search Backward instead of forward
+      'c'	accept a match at the Cursor position
+      'e'	move to the End of the match
+      'n'	do Not move the cursor
+      'p'	return number of matching sub-Pattern (see below)
+      's'	Set the ' mark at the previous location of the cursor
+      'w'	Wrap around the end of the file
+      'W'	don't Wrap around the end of the file
+      'z'	start searching at the cursor column instead of Zero
+      If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.
+
+      If the 's' flag is supplied, the ' mark is set, only if the
+      cursor is moved. The 's' flag cannot be combined with the 'n'
+      flag.
+
+      'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and 'magic' are used.
+
+      When the 'z' flag is not given, forward searching always
+      starts in column zero and then matches before the cursor are
+      skipped.  When the 'c' flag is present in 'cpo' the next
+      search starts after the match.  Without the 'c' flag the next
+      search starts one column after the start of the match.  This
+      matters for overlapping matches.  See |cpo-c|.  You can also
+      insert "\ze" to change where the match ends, see  |/\ze|.
+
+      When searching backwards and the 'z' flag is given then the
+      search starts in column zero, thus no match in the current
+      line will be found (unless wrapping around the end of the
+      file).
+
+      When the {stopline} argument is given then the search stops
+      after searching this line.  This is useful to restrict the
+      search to a range of lines.  Examples: >vim
+      	let match = search('(', 'b', line("w0"))
+      	let end = search('END', '', line("w$"))
+      <When {stopline} is used and it is not zero this also implies
+      that the search does not wrap around the end of the file.
+      A zero value is equal to not giving the argument.
+
+      When the {timeout} argument is given the search stops when
+      more than this many milliseconds have passed.  Thus when
+      {timeout} is 500 the search stops after half a second.
+      The value must not be negative.  A zero value is like not
+      giving the argument.
+
+      If the {skip} expression is given it is evaluated with the
+      cursor positioned on the start of a match.  If it evaluates to
+      non-zero this match is skipped.  This can be used, for
+      example, to skip a match in a comment or a string.
+      {skip} can be a string, which is evaluated as an expression, a
+      function reference or a lambda.
+      When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
+      When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
+      and -1 returned.
+      					*search()-sub-match*
+      With the 'p' flag the returned value is one more than the
+      first sub-match in \(\).  One if none of them matched but the
+      whole pattern did match.
+      To get the column number too use |searchpos()|.
+
+      The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
+      flag is used.
+
+      Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >vim
+          let n = 1
+          while n <= argc()	    " loop over all files in arglist
+            exe "argument " .. n
+            " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
+            " first search to find match at start of file
+            normal G$
+            let flags = "w"
+            while search("foo", flags) > 0
+              s/foo/bar/g
+              let flags = "W"
+            endwhile
+            update		    " write the file if modified
+            let n = n + 1
+          endwhile
+      <
+      Example for using some flags: >vim
+          echo search('\<if\|\(else\)\|\(endif\)', 'ncpe')
+      <This will search for the keywords "if", "else", and "endif"
+      under or after the cursor.  Because of the 'p' flag, it
+      returns 1, 2, or 3 depending on which keyword is found, or 0
+      if the search fails.  With the cursor on the first word of the
+      line:
+          if (foo == 0) | let foo = foo + 1 | endif ~
+      the function returns 1.  Without the 'c' flag, the function
+      finds the "endif" and returns 3.  The same thing happens
+      without the 'e' flag if the cursor is on the "f" of "if".
+      The 'n' flag tells the function not to move the cursor.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'search',
+    params = {
+      { 'pattern', 'any' },
+      { 'flags', 'string' },
+      { 'stopline', 'any' },
+      { 'timeout', 'integer' },
+      { 'skip', 'any' },
+    },
+    signature = 'search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])',
+  },
+  searchcount = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get or update the last search count, like what is displayed
+      without the "S" flag in 'shortmess'.  This works even if
+      'shortmess' does contain the "S" flag.
+
+      This returns a |Dictionary|. The dictionary is empty if the
+      previous pattern was not set and "pattern" was not specified.
+
+        key		type		meaning ~
+        current	|Number|	current position of match;
+      				0 if the cursor position is
+      				before the first match
+        exact_match	|Boolean|	1 if "current" is matched on
+      				"pos", otherwise 0
+        total		|Number|	total count of matches found
+        incomplete	|Number|	0: search was fully completed
+      				1: recomputing was timed out
+      				2: max count exceeded
+
+      For {options} see further down.
+
+      To get the last search count when |n| or |N| was pressed, call
+      this function with `recompute: 0` . This sometimes returns
+      wrong information because |n| and |N|'s maximum count is 99.
+      If it exceeded 99 the result must be max count + 1 (100). If
+      you want to get correct information, specify `recompute: 1`: >vim
+
+      	" result == maxcount + 1 (100) when many matches
+      	let result = searchcount(#{recompute: 0})
+
+      	" Below returns correct result (recompute defaults
+      	" to 1)
+      	let result = searchcount()
+      <
+      The function is useful to add the count to 'statusline': >vim
+      	function! LastSearchCount() abort
+      	  let result = searchcount(#{recompute: 0})
+      	  if empty(result)
+      	    return ''
+      	  endif
+      	  if result.incomplete ==# 1     " timed out
+      	    return printf(' /%s [?/??]', @/)
+      	  elseif result.incomplete ==# 2 " max count exceeded
+      	    if result.total > result.maxcount &&
+      	    \  result.current > result.maxcount
+      	      return printf(' /%s [>%d/>%d]', @/,
+      	      \             result.current, result.total)
+      	    elseif result.total > result.maxcount
+      	      return printf(' /%s [%d/>%d]', @/,
+      	      \             result.current, result.total)
+      	    endif
+      	  endif
+      	  return printf(' /%s [%d/%d]', @/,
+      	  \             result.current, result.total)
+      	endfunction
+      	let &statusline ..= '%{LastSearchCount()}'
+
+      	" Or if you want to show the count only when
+      	" 'hlsearch' was on
+      	" let &statusline ..=
+      	" \   '%{v:hlsearch ? LastSearchCount() : ""}'
+      <
+      You can also update the search count, which can be useful in a
+      |CursorMoved| or |CursorMovedI| autocommand: >vim
+
+      	autocmd CursorMoved,CursorMovedI *
+      	  \ let s:searchcount_timer = timer_start(
+      	  \   200, function('s:update_searchcount'))
+      	function! s:update_searchcount(timer) abort
+      	  if a:timer ==# s:searchcount_timer
+      	    call searchcount(#{
+      	    \ recompute: 1, maxcount: 0, timeout: 100})
+      	    redrawstatus
+      	  endif
+      	endfunction
+      <
+      This can also be used to count matched texts with specified
+      pattern in the current buffer using "pattern":  >vim
+
+      	" Count '\<foo\>' in this buffer
+      	" (Note that it also updates search count)
+      	let result = searchcount(#{pattern: '\<foo\>'})
+
+      	" To restore old search count by old pattern,
+      	" search again
+      	call searchcount()
+      <
+      {options} must be a |Dictionary|. It can contain:
+        key		type		meaning ~
+        recompute	|Boolean|	if |TRUE|, recompute the count
+      				like |n| or |N| was executed.
+      				otherwise returns the last
+      				computed result (when |n| or
+      				|N| was used when "S" is not
+      				in 'shortmess', or this
+      				function was called).
+      				(default: |TRUE|)
+        pattern	|String|	recompute if this was given
+      				and different with |@/|.
+      				this works as same as the
+      				below command is executed
+      				before calling this function >vim
+      				  let @/ = pattern
+      <				(default: |@/|)
+        timeout	|Number|	0 or negative number is no
+      				timeout. timeout milliseconds
+      				for recomputing the result
+      				(default: 0)
+        maxcount	|Number|	0 or negative number is no
+      				limit. max count of matched
+      				text while recomputing the
+      				result.  if search exceeded
+      				total count, "total" value
+      				becomes `maxcount + 1`
+      				(default: 0)
+        pos		|List|		`[lnum, col, off]` value
+      				when recomputing the result.
+      				this changes "current" result
+      				value. see |cursor()|, |getpos()|
+      				(default: cursor's position)
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'searchcount',
+    params = { { 'options', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'searchcount([{options}])',
+  },
+  searchdecl = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Search for the declaration of {name}.
+
+      With a non-zero {global} argument it works like |gD|, find
+      first match in the file.  Otherwise it works like |gd|, find
+      first match in the function.
+
+      With a non-zero {thisblock} argument matches in a {} block
+      that ends before the cursor position are ignored.  Avoids
+      finding variable declarations only valid in another scope.
+
+      Moves the cursor to the found match.
+      Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+      Example: >vim
+      	if searchdecl('myvar') == 0
+      	   echo getline('.')
+      	endif
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'searchdecl',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'global', 'any' }, { 'thisblock', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'searchdecl({name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])',
+  },
+  searchpair = {
+    args = { 3, 7 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Search for the match of a nested start-end pair.  This can be
+      used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
+      if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
+      The search starts at the cursor.  The default is to search
+      forward, include 'b' in {flags} to search backward.
+      If a match is found, the cursor is positioned at it and the
+      line number is returned.  If no match is found 0 or -1 is
+      returned and the cursor doesn't move.  No error message is
+      given.
+
+      {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|.  They
+      must not contain \( \) pairs.  Use of \%( \) is allowed.  When
+      {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
+      direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair.  A
+      typical use is: >vim
+      	echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
+      <By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.
+
+      {flags} 'b', 'c', 'n', 's', 'w' and 'W' are used like with
+      |search()|.  Additionally:
+      'r'	Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
+      	outer pair.  Implies the 'W' flag.
+      'm'	Return number of matches instead of line number with
+      	the match; will be > 1 when 'r' is used.
+      Note: it's nearly always a good idea to use the 'W' flag, to
+      avoid wrapping around the end of the file.
+
+      When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
+      {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
+      the start of the match.  It should return non-zero if this
+      match is to be skipped.  E.g., because it is inside a comment
+      or a string.
+      When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
+      When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
+      and -1 returned.
+      {skip} can be a string, a lambda, a funcref or a partial.
+      Anything else makes the function fail.
+
+      For {stopline} and {timeout} see |search()|.
+
+      The value of 'ignorecase' is used.  'magic' is ignored, the
+      patterns are used like it's on.
+
+      The search starts exactly at the cursor.  A match with
+      {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
+      direction of searching, is the first one found.  Example: >vim
+      	if 1
+      	  if 2
+      	  endif 2
+      	endif 1
+      <When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
+      searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found.  When starting on
+      the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
+      found.  That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
+      then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
+      "endif 2".
+      When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
+      it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
+      that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
+      the matching start.
+
+      Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >vim
+
+      	echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
+      	\ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')
+
+      <The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
+      to be found.  Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
+      having to double the backslashes.  The skip expression only
+      catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
+      Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway through a line is considered
+      a match.
+      Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >vim
+
+      	echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')
+
+      <This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
+      match is to be found.  To reject matches that syntax
+      highlighting recognized as strings: >vim
+
+      	echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
+      	     \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'searchpair',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]]])',
+  },
+  searchpairpos = {
+    args = { 3, 7 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |searchpair()|, but returns a |List| with the line and
+      column position of the match. The first element of the |List|
+      is the line number and the second element is the byte index of
+      the column position of the match.  If no match is found,
+      returns [0, 0]. >vim
+
+      	let [lnum,col] = searchpairpos('{', '', '}', 'n')
+      <
+      See |match-parens| for a bigger and more useful example.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'searchpairpos',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'searchpairpos({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]]])',
+  },
+  searchpos = {
+    args = { 1, 5 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |search()|, but returns a |List| with the line and
+      column position of the match. The first element of the |List|
+      is the line number and the second element is the byte index of
+      the column position of the match. If no match is found,
+      returns [0, 0].
+      Example: >vim
+      	let [lnum, col] = searchpos('mypattern', 'n')
+
+      <When the 'p' flag is given then there is an extra item with
+      the sub-pattern match number |search()-sub-match|.  Example: >vim
+      	let [lnum, col, submatch] = searchpos('\(\l\)\|\(\u\)', 'np')
+      <In this example "submatch" is 2 when a lowercase letter is
+      found |/\l|, 3 when an uppercase letter is found |/\u|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'searchpos',
+    params = {
+      { 'pattern', 'any' },
+      { 'flags', 'string' },
+      { 'stopline', 'any' },
+      { 'timeout', 'integer' },
+      { 'skip', 'any' },
+    },
+    signature = 'searchpos({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout} [, {skip}]]]])',
+  },
+  serverlist = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a list of server addresses, or empty if all servers
+      were stopped. |serverstart()| |serverstop()|
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo serverlist()
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'serverlist',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'serverlist()',
+  },
+  serverstart = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Opens a socket or named pipe at {address} and listens for
+      |RPC| messages. Clients can send |API| commands to the
+      returned address to control Nvim.
+
+      Returns the address string (which may differ from the
+      {address} argument, see below).
+
+      - If {address} has a colon (":") it is a TCP/IPv4/IPv6 address
+        where the last ":" separates host and port (empty or zero
+        assigns a random port).
+      - Else {address} is the path to a named pipe (except on Windows).
+        - If {address} has no slashes ("/") it is treated as the
+          "name" part of a generated path in this format: >vim
+      	stdpath("run").."/{name}.{pid}.{counter}"
+      <  - If {address} is omitted the name is "nvim". >vim
+      	echo serverstart()
+      < >
+      	=> /tmp/nvim.bram/oknANW/nvim.15430.5
+      <
+      Example bash command to list all Nvim servers: >bash
+      	ls ${XDG_RUNTIME_DIR:-${TMPDIR}nvim.${USER}}/*/nvim.*.0
+
+      <Example named pipe: >vim
+      	if has('win32')
+      	  echo serverstart('\\.\pipe\nvim-pipe-1234')
+      	else
+      	  echo serverstart('nvim.sock')
+      	endif
+      <
+      Example TCP/IP address: >vim
+      	echo serverstart('::1:12345')
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'serverstart',
+    params = { { 'address', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'serverstart([{address}])',
+  },
+  serverstop = {
+    args = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Closes the pipe or socket at {address}.
+      Returns TRUE if {address} is valid, else FALSE.
+      If |v:servername| is stopped it is set to the next available
+      address in |serverlist()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'serverstop',
+    params = { { 'address', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'serverstop({address})',
+  },
+  setbufline = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set line {lnum} to {text} in buffer {buf}.  This works like
+      |setline()| for the specified buffer.
+
+      This function works only for loaded buffers. First call
+      |bufload()| if needed.
+
+      To insert lines use |appendbufline()|.
+
+      {text} can be a string to set one line, or a List of strings
+      to set multiple lines.  If the List extends below the last
+      line then those lines are added.  If the List is empty then
+      nothing is changed and zero is returned.
+
+      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
+
+      {lnum} is used like with |setline()|.
+      Use "$" to refer to the last line in buffer {buf}.
+      When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
+      added below the last line.
+      On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned.
+
+      If {buf} is not a valid buffer or {lnum} is not valid, an
+      error message is given.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setbufline',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'text', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})',
+  },
+  setbufvar = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {buf} to
+      {val}.
+      This also works for a global or local window option, but it
+      doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
+      For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
+      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
+      The {varname} argument is a string.
+      Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
+      	call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
+      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setbufvar',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'val', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setbufvar({buf}, {varname}, {val})',
+  },
+  setcellwidths = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Specify overrides for cell widths of character ranges.  This
+      tells Vim how wide characters are when displayed in the
+      terminal, counted in screen cells.  The values override
+      'ambiwidth'.  Example: >vim
+         call setcellwidths([
+      		\ [0x111, 0x111, 1],
+      		\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2],
+      		\ ])
+
+      <The {list} argument is a List of Lists with each three
+      numbers: [{low}, {high}, {width}].	*E1109* *E1110*
+      {low} and {high} can be the same, in which case this refers to
+      one character.  Otherwise it is the range of characters from
+      {low} to {high} (inclusive).		*E1111* *E1114*
+      Only characters with value 0x80 and higher can be used.
+
+      {width} must be either 1 or 2, indicating the character width
+      in screen cells.			*E1112*
+      An error is given if the argument is invalid, also when a
+      range overlaps with another.		*E1113*
+
+      If the new value causes 'fillchars' or 'listchars' to become
+      invalid it is rejected and an error is given.
+
+      To clear the overrides pass an empty {list}: >vim
+         call setcellwidths([])
+
+      <You can use the script $VIMRUNTIME/tools/emoji_list.vim to see
+      the effect for known emoji characters.  Move the cursor
+      through the text to check if the cell widths of your terminal
+      match with what Vim knows about each emoji.  If it doesn't
+      look right you need to adjust the {list} argument.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setcellwidths',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setcellwidths({list})',
+  },
+  setcharpos = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |setpos()| but uses the specified column number as the
+      character index instead of the byte index in the line.
+
+      Example:
+      With the text "여보세요" in line 8: >vim
+      	call setcharpos('.', [0, 8, 4, 0])
+      <positions the cursor on the fourth character '요'. >vim
+      	call setpos('.', [0, 8, 4, 0])
+      <positions the cursor on the second character '보'.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setcharpos',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'list', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setcharpos({expr}, {list})',
+  },
+  setcharsearch = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set the current character search information to {dict},
+      which contains one or more of the following entries:
+
+          char	character which will be used for a subsequent
+      		|,| or |;| command; an empty string clears the
+      		character search
+          forward	direction of character search; 1 for forward,
+      		0 for backward
+          until	type of character search; 1 for a |t| or |T|
+      		character search, 0 for an |f| or |F|
+      		character search
+
+      This can be useful to save/restore a user's character search
+      from a script: >vim
+      	let prevsearch = getcharsearch()
+      	" Perform a command which clobbers user's search
+      	call setcharsearch(prevsearch)
+      <Also see |getcharsearch()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setcharsearch',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setcharsearch({dict})',
+  },
+  setcmdline = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set the command line to {str} and set the cursor position to
+      {pos}.
+      If {pos} is omitted, the cursor is positioned after the text.
+      Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
+      line.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setcmdline',
+    params = { { 'str', 'any' }, { 'pos', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setcmdline({str} [, {pos}])',
+  },
+  setcmdpos = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
+      {pos}.  The first position is 1.
+      Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
+      Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
+      |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='.  For
+      |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is
+      set after the command line is set to the expression.  For
+      |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but
+      before inserting the resulting text.
+      When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
+      line.  A number smaller than one has undefined results.
+      Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
+      line.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setcmdpos',
+    params = { { 'pos', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setcmdpos({pos})',
+  },
+  setcursorcharpos = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    name = 'setcursorcharpos',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' }, { 'off', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setcursorcharpos({lnum}, {col} [, {off}])',
+  },
+  setcursorcharpos__1 = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |cursor()| but uses the specified column number as the
+      character index instead of the byte index in the line.
+
+      Example:
+      With the text "여보세요" in line 4: >vim
+      	call setcursorcharpos(4, 3)
+      <positions the cursor on the third character '세'. >vim
+      	call cursor(4, 3)
+      <positions the cursor on the first character '여'.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setcursorcharpos',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setcursorcharpos({list})',
+  },
+  setenv = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set environment variable {name} to {val}.  Example: >vim
+      	call setenv('HOME', '/home/myhome')
+
+      <When {val} is |v:null| the environment variable is deleted.
+      See also |expr-env|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setenv',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'val', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setenv({name}, {val})',
+  },
+  setfperm = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'chmod' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Set the file permissions for {fname} to {mode}.
+      {mode} must be a string with 9 characters.  It is of the form
+      "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of "rwx" flags represent, in
+      turn, the permissions of the owner of the file, the group the
+      file belongs to, and other users.  A '-' character means the
+      permission is off, any other character means on.  Multi-byte
+      characters are not supported.
+
+      For example "rw-r-----" means read-write for the user,
+      readable by the group, not accessible by others.  "xx-x-----"
+      would do the same thing.
+
+      Returns non-zero for success, zero for failure.
+
+      To read permissions see |getfperm()|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setfperm',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'setfperm({fname}, {mode})',
+  },
+  setline = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}.  To insert
+      lines use |append()|. To set lines in another buffer use
+      |setbufline()|.
+
+      {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
+      When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
+      added below the last line.
+      {text} can be any type or a List of any type, each item is
+      converted to a String.  When {text} is an empty List then
+      nothing is changed and FALSE is returned.
+
+      If this succeeds, FALSE is returned.  If this fails (most likely
+      because {lnum} is invalid) TRUE is returned.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
+
+      <When {text} is a |List| then line {lnum} and following lines
+      will be set to the items in the list.  Example: >vim
+      	call setline(5, ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc'])
+      <This is equivalent to: >vim
+      	for [n, l] in [[5, 'aaa'], [6, 'bbb'], [7, 'ccc']]
+      	  call setline(n, l)
+      	endfor
+
+      <Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setline',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'text', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setline({lnum}, {text})',
+  },
+  setloclist = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Create or replace or add to the location list for window {nr}.
+      {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+      When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
+
+      For a location list window, the displayed location list is
+      modified.  For an invalid window number {nr}, -1 is returned.
+      Otherwise, same as |setqflist()|.
+      Also see |location-list|.
+
+      For {action} see |setqflist-action|.
+
+      If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
+      only the items listed in {what} are set. Refer to |setqflist()|
+      for the list of supported keys in {what}.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setloclist',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'list', 'any' }, { 'action', 'any' }, { 'what', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setloclist({nr}, {list} [, {action} [, {what}]])',
+  },
+  setmatches = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Restores a list of matches saved by |getmatches()| for the
+      current window.  Returns 0 if successful, otherwise -1.  All
+      current matches are cleared before the list is restored.  See
+      example for |getmatches()|.
+      If {win} is specified, use the window with this number or
+      window ID instead of the current window.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setmatches',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'win', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setmatches({list} [, {win}])',
+  },
+  setpos = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set the position for String {expr}.  Possible values:
+      	.	the cursor
+      	'x	mark x
+
+      {list} must be a |List| with four or five numbers:
+          [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+          [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant]
+
+      "bufnum" is the buffer number.	Zero can be used for the
+      current buffer.  When setting an uppercase mark "bufnum" is
+      used for the mark position.  For other marks it specifies the
+      buffer to set the mark in.  You can use the |bufnr()| function
+      to turn a file name into a buffer number.
+      For setting the cursor and the ' mark "bufnum" is ignored,
+      since these are associated with a window, not a buffer.
+      Does not change the jumplist.
+
+      "lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
+      column is 1.  Use a zero "lnum" to delete a mark.  If "col" is
+      smaller than 1 then 1 is used. To use the character count
+      instead of the byte count, use |setcharpos()|.
+
+      The "off" number is only used when 'virtualedit' is set. Then
+      it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
+      character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
+      character.
+
+      The "curswant" number is only used when setting the cursor
+      position.  It sets the preferred column for when moving the
+      cursor vertically.  When the "curswant" number is missing the
+      preferred column is not set.  When it is present and setting a
+      mark position it is not used.
+
+      Note that for '< and '> changing the line number may result in
+      the marks to be effectively be swapped, so that '< is always
+      before '>.
+
+      Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.
+      An error message is given if {expr} is invalid.
+
+      Also see |setcharpos()|, |getpos()| and |getcurpos()|.
+
+      This does not restore the preferred column for moving
+      vertically; if you set the cursor position with this, |j| and
+      |k| motions will jump to previous columns!  Use |cursor()| to
+      also set the preferred column.  Also see the "curswant" key in
+      |winrestview()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setpos',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'list', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setpos({expr}, {list})',
+  },
+  setqflist = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Create or replace or add to the quickfix list.
+
+      If the optional {what} dictionary argument is supplied, then
+      only the items listed in {what} are set. The first {list}
+      argument is ignored.  See below for the supported items in
+      {what}.
+      					*setqflist-what*
+      When {what} is not present, the items in {list} are used.  Each
+      item must be a dictionary.  Non-dictionary items in {list} are
+      ignored.  Each dictionary item can contain the following
+      entries:
+
+          bufnr	buffer number; must be the number of a valid
+      		buffer
+          filename	name of a file; only used when "bufnr" is not
+      		present or it is invalid.
+          module	name of a module; if given it will be used in
+      		quickfix error window instead of the filename.
+          lnum	line number in the file
+          end_lnum	end of lines, if the item spans multiple lines
+          pattern	search pattern used to locate the error
+          col		column number
+          vcol	when non-zero: "col" is visual column
+      		when zero: "col" is byte index
+          end_col	end column, if the item spans multiple columns
+          nr		error number
+          text	description of the error
+          type	single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
+          valid	recognized error message
+          user_data
+      		custom data associated with the item, can be
+      		any type.
+
+      The "col", "vcol", "nr", "type" and "text" entries are
+      optional.  Either "lnum" or "pattern" entry can be used to
+      locate a matching error line.
+      If the "filename" and "bufnr" entries are not present or
+      neither the "lnum" or "pattern" entries are present, then the
+      item will not be handled as an error line.
+      If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
+      be used.
+      If the "valid" entry is not supplied, then the valid flag is
+      set when "bufnr" is a valid buffer or "filename" exists.
+      If you supply an empty {list}, the quickfix list will be
+      cleared.
+      Note that the list is not exactly the same as what
+      |getqflist()| returns.
+
+      {action} values:		*setqflist-action* *E927*
+      'a'	The items from {list} are added to the existing
+      	quickfix list. If there is no existing list, then a
+      	new list is created.
+
+      'r'	The items from the current quickfix list are replaced
+      	with the items from {list}.  This can also be used to
+      	clear the list: >vim
+      		call setqflist([], 'r')
+      <
+      'f'	All the quickfix lists in the quickfix stack are
+      	freed.
+
+      If {action} is not present or is set to ' ', then a new list
+      is created. The new quickfix list is added after the current
+      quickfix list in the stack and all the following lists are
+      freed. To add a new quickfix list at the end of the stack,
+      set "nr" in {what} to "$".
+
+      The following items can be specified in dictionary {what}:
+          context	quickfix list context. See |quickfix-context|
+          efm		errorformat to use when parsing text from
+      		"lines". If this is not present, then the
+      		'errorformat' option value is used.
+      		See |quickfix-parse|
+          id		quickfix list identifier |quickfix-ID|
+          idx		index of the current entry in the quickfix
+      		list specified by "id" or "nr". If set to '$',
+      		then the last entry in the list is set as the
+      		current entry.  See |quickfix-index|
+          items	list of quickfix entries. Same as the {list}
+      		argument.
+          lines	use 'errorformat' to parse a list of lines and
+      		add the resulting entries to the quickfix list
+      		{nr} or {id}.  Only a |List| value is supported.
+      		See |quickfix-parse|
+          nr		list number in the quickfix stack; zero
+      		means the current quickfix list and "$" means
+      		the last quickfix list.
+          quickfixtextfunc
+      		function to get the text to display in the
+      		quickfix window.  The value can be the name of
+      		a function or a funcref or a lambda.  Refer to
+      		|quickfix-window-function| for an explanation
+      		of how to write the function and an example.
+          title	quickfix list title text. See |quickfix-title|
+      Unsupported keys in {what} are ignored.
+      If the "nr" item is not present, then the current quickfix list
+      is modified. When creating a new quickfix list, "nr" can be
+      set to a value one greater than the quickfix stack size.
+      When modifying a quickfix list, to guarantee that the correct
+      list is modified, "id" should be used instead of "nr" to
+      specify the list.
+
+      Examples (See also |setqflist-examples|): >vim
+         call setqflist([], 'r', {'title': 'My search'})
+         call setqflist([], 'r', {'nr': 2, 'title': 'Errors'})
+         call setqflist([], 'a', {'id':qfid, 'lines':["F1:10:L10"]})
+      <
+      Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
+
+      This function can be used to create a quickfix list
+      independent of the 'errorformat' setting.  Use a command like
+      `:cc 1` to jump to the first position.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setqflist',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'action', 'any' }, { 'what', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setqflist({list} [, {action} [, {what}]])',
+  },
+  setreg = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set the register {regname} to {value}.
+      If {regname} is "" or "@", the unnamed register '"' is used.
+      The {regname} argument is a string.
+
+      {value} may be any value returned by |getreg()| or
+      |getreginfo()|, including a |List| or |Dict|.
+      If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
+      then the value is appended.
+
+      {options} can also contain a register type specification:
+          "c" or "v"	      |charwise| mode
+          "l" or "V"	      |linewise| mode
+          "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
+      If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
+      used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
+      then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
+      in the longest line (counting a <Tab> as 1 character).
+      If {options} contains "u" or '"', then the unnamed register is
+      set to point to register {regname}.
+
+      If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
+      is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL> for
+      string {value} and linewise mode for list {value}. Blockwise
+      mode is never selected automatically.
+      Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+
+      					*E883*
+      Note: you may not use |List| containing more than one item to
+            set search and expression registers. Lists containing no
+            items act like empty strings.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	call setreg(v:register, @*)
+      	call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
+      	call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
+      	call setreg('"', { 'points_to': 'a'})
+
+      <This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
+      register: >vim
+      	let var_a = getreginfo()
+      	call setreg('a', var_a)
+      <or: >vim
+      	let var_a = getreg('a', 1, 1)
+      	let var_amode = getregtype('a')
+      	" ....
+      	call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
+      <Note: you may not reliably restore register value
+      without using the third argument to |getreg()| as without it
+      newlines are represented as newlines AND Nul bytes are
+      represented as newlines as well, see |NL-used-for-Nul|.
+
+      You can also change the type of a register by appending
+      nothing: >vim
+      	call setreg('a', '', 'al')
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setreg',
+    params = { { 'regname', 'string' }, { 'value', 'any' }, { 'options', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'setreg({regname}, {value} [, {options}])',
+  },
+  settabvar = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set tab-local variable {varname} to {val} in tab page {tabnr}.
+      |t:var|
+      The {varname} argument is a string.
+      Note that the variable name without "t:" must be used.
+      Tabs are numbered starting with one.
+      This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'settabvar',
+    params = { { 'tabnr', 'integer' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'val', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'settabvar({tabnr}, {varname}, {val})',
+  },
+  settabwinvar = {
+    args = 4,
+    base = 4,
+    desc = [=[
+      Set option or local variable {varname} in window {winnr} to
+      {val}.
+      Tabs are numbered starting with one.  For the current tabpage
+      use |setwinvar()|.
+      {winnr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+      When {winnr} is zero the current window is used.
+      This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
+      doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
+      For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
+      Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	call settabwinvar(1, 1, "&list", 0)
+      	call settabwinvar(3, 2, "myvar", "foobar")
+      <This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'settabwinvar',
+    params = {
+      { 'tabnr', 'integer' },
+      { 'winnr', 'integer' },
+      { 'varname', 'string' },
+      { 'val', 'any' },
+    },
+    signature = 'settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})',
+  },
+  settagstack = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Modify the tag stack of the window {nr} using {dict}.
+      {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+
+      For a list of supported items in {dict}, refer to
+      |gettagstack()|. "curidx" takes effect before changing the tag
+      stack.
+      					*E962*
+      How the tag stack is modified depends on the {action}
+      argument:
+      - If {action} is not present or is set to 'r', then the tag
+        stack is replaced.
+      - If {action} is set to 'a', then new entries from {dict} are
+        pushed (added) onto the tag stack.
+      - If {action} is set to 't', then all the entries from the
+        current entry in the tag stack or "curidx" in {dict} are
+        removed and then new entries are pushed to the stack.
+
+      The current index is set to one after the length of the tag
+      stack after the modification.
+
+      Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
+
+      Examples (for more examples see |tagstack-examples|):
+          Empty the tag stack of window 3: >vim
+      	call settagstack(3, {'items' : []})
+
+      <    Save and restore the tag stack: >vim
+      	let stack = gettagstack(1003)
+      	" do something else
+      	call settagstack(1003, stack)
+      	unlet stack
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'settagstack',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'dict', 'any' }, { 'action', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])',
+  },
+  setwinvar = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |settabwinvar()| for the current tab page.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
+      	call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'setwinvar',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'varname', 'string' }, { 'val', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})',
+  },
+  sha256 = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a String with 64 hex characters, which is the SHA256
+      checksum of {string}.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sha256',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'sha256({string})',
+  },
+  shellescape = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.
+
+      On Windows when 'shellslash' is not set, encloses {string} in
+      double-quotes and doubles all double-quotes within {string}.
+      Otherwise encloses {string} in single-quotes and replaces all
+      "'" with "'\''".
+
+      If {special} is a |non-zero-arg|:
+      - Special items such as "!", "%", "#" and "<cword>" will be
+        preceded by a backslash. The backslash will be removed again
+        by the |:!| command.
+      - The <NL> character is escaped.
+
+      If 'shell' contains "csh" in the tail:
+      - The "!" character will be escaped. This is because csh and
+        tcsh use "!" for history replacement even in single-quotes.
+      - The <NL> character is escaped (twice if {special} is
+        a |non-zero-arg|).
+
+      If 'shell' contains "fish" in the tail, the "\" character will
+      be escaped because in fish it is used as an escape character
+      inside single quotes.
+
+      Example of use with a |:!| command: >vim
+          exe '!dir ' .. shellescape(expand('<cfile>'), 1)
+      <This results in a directory listing for the file under the
+      cursor.  Example of use with |system()|: >vim
+          call system("chmod +w -- " .. shellescape(expand("%")))
+      <See also |::S|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'shellescape',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'special', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'shellescape({string} [, {special}])',
+  },
+  shiftwidth = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns the effective value of 'shiftwidth'. This is the
+      'shiftwidth' value unless it is zero, in which case it is the
+      'tabstop' value.  To be backwards compatible in indent
+      plugins, use this: >vim
+      	if exists('*shiftwidth')
+      	  func s:sw()
+      	    return shiftwidth()
+      	  endfunc
+      	else
+      	  func s:sw()
+      	    return &sw
+      	  endfunc
+      	endif
+      <And then use s:sw() instead of &sw.
+
+      When there is one argument {col} this is used as column number
+      for which to return the 'shiftwidth' value. This matters for the
+      'vartabstop' feature. If no {col} argument is given, column 1
+      will be assumed.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'shiftwidth',
+    params = { { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'shiftwidth([{col}])',
+    returns = 'integer',
+  },
+  sign_define = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    name = 'sign_define',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' }, { 'dict', 'vim.fn.sign_define.dict' } },
+    signature = 'sign_define({name} [, {dict}])',
+    returns = '0|-1',
+  },
+  sign_define__1 = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Define a new sign named {name} or modify the attributes of an
+      existing sign.  This is similar to the |:sign-define| command.
+
+      Prefix {name} with a unique text to avoid name collisions.
+      There is no {group} like with placing signs.
+
+      The {name} can be a String or a Number.  The optional {dict}
+      argument specifies the sign attributes.  The following values
+      are supported:
+         icon		full path to the bitmap file for the sign.
+         linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
+      		sign is placed in.
+         numhl	highlight group used for the line number where
+      		the sign is placed.
+         text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
+      		or the GUI is not being used.
+         texthl	highlight group used for the text item
+         culhl	highlight group used for the text item when
+      		the cursor is on the same line as the sign and
+      		'cursorline' is enabled.
+
+      If the sign named {name} already exists, then the attributes
+      of the sign are updated.
+
+      The one argument {list} can be used to define a list of signs.
+      Each list item is a dictionary with the above items in {dict}
+      and a "name" item for the sign name.
+
+      Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  When the one argument
+      {list} is used, then returns a List of values one for each
+      defined sign.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	call sign_define("mySign", {
+      		\ "text" : "=>",
+      		\ "texthl" : "Error",
+      		\ "linehl" : "Search"})
+      	call sign_define([
+      		\ {'name' : 'sign1',
+      		\  'text' : '=>'},
+      		\ {'name' : 'sign2',
+      		\  'text' : '!!'}
+      		\ ])
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sign_define',
+    params = { { 'list', 'vim.fn.sign_define.dict[]' } },
+    signature = 'sign_define({list})',
+    returns = '(0|-1)[]',
+  },
+  sign_getdefined = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get a list of defined signs and their attributes.
+      This is similar to the |:sign-list| command.
+
+      If the {name} is not supplied, then a list of all the defined
+      signs is returned. Otherwise the attribute of the specified
+      sign is returned.
+
+      Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
+      following entries:
+         icon		full path to the bitmap file of the sign
+         linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
+      		sign is placed in; not present if not set.
+         name		name of the sign
+         numhl	highlight group used for the line number where
+      		the sign is placed; not present if not set.
+         text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
+      		or the GUI is not being used.
+         texthl	highlight group used for the text item; not
+      		present if not set.
+         culhl	highlight group used for the text item when
+      		the cursor is on the same line as the sign and
+      		'cursorline' is enabled; not present if not
+      		set.
+
+      Returns an empty List if there are no signs and when {name} is
+      not found.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	" Get a list of all the defined signs
+      	echo sign_getdefined()
+
+      	" Get the attribute of the sign named mySign
+      	echo sign_getdefined("mySign")
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sign_getdefined',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'sign_getdefined([{name}])',
+    returns = 'vim.fn.sign_getdefined.ret.item[]',
+  },
+  sign_getplaced = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a list of signs placed in a buffer or all the buffers.
+      This is similar to the |:sign-place-list| command.
+
+      If the optional buffer name {buf} is specified, then only the
+      list of signs placed in that buffer is returned.  For the use
+      of {buf}, see |bufname()|. The optional {dict} can contain
+      the following entries:
+         group	select only signs in this group
+         id		select sign with this identifier
+         lnum		select signs placed in this line. For the use
+      		of {lnum}, see |line()|.
+      If {group} is "*", then signs in all the groups including the
+      global group are returned. If {group} is not supplied or is an
+      empty string, then only signs in the global group are
+      returned.  If no arguments are supplied, then signs in the
+      global group placed in all the buffers are returned.
+      See |sign-group|.
+
+      Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
+      following entries:
+      	bufnr	number of the buffer with the sign
+      	signs	list of signs placed in {bufnr}. Each list
+      		item is a dictionary with the below listed
+      		entries
+
+      The dictionary for each sign contains the following entries:
+      	group	 sign group. Set to '' for the global group.
+      	id	 identifier of the sign
+      	lnum	 line number where the sign is placed
+      	name	 name of the defined sign
+      	priority sign priority
+
+      The returned signs in a buffer are ordered by their line
+      number and priority.
+
+      Returns an empty list on failure or if there are no placed
+      signs.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	" Get a List of signs placed in eval.c in the
+      	" global group
+      	echo sign_getplaced("eval.c")
+
+      	" Get a List of signs in group 'g1' placed in eval.c
+      	echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'group' : 'g1'})
+
+      	" Get a List of signs placed at line 10 in eval.c
+      	echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'lnum' : 10})
+
+      	" Get sign with identifier 10 placed in a.py
+      	echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'id' : 10})
+
+      	" Get sign with id 20 in group 'g1' placed in a.py
+      	echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'group' : 'g1',
+      					\  'id' : 20})
+
+      	" Get a List of all the placed signs
+      	echo sign_getplaced()
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sign_getplaced',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'vim.fn.sign_getplaced.dict' } },
+    signature = 'sign_getplaced([{buf} [, {dict}]])',
+    returns = 'vim.fn.sign_getplaced.ret.item[]',
+  },
+  sign_jump = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Open the buffer {buf} or jump to the window that contains
+      {buf} and position the cursor at sign {id} in group {group}.
+      This is similar to the |:sign-jump| command.
+
+      If {group} is an empty string, then the global group is used.
+      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()|.
+
+      Returns the line number of the sign. Returns -1 if the
+      arguments are invalid.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	" Jump to sign 10 in the current buffer
+      	call sign_jump(10, '', '')
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sign_jump',
+    params = { { 'id', 'integer' }, { 'group', 'string' }, { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
+    signature = 'sign_jump({id}, {group}, {buf})',
+    returns = 'integer'
+  },
+  sign_place = {
+    args = { 4, 5 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Place the sign defined as {name} at line {lnum} in file or
+      buffer {buf} and assign {id} and {group} to sign.  This is
+      similar to the |:sign-place| command.
+
+      If the sign identifier {id} is zero, then a new identifier is
+      allocated.  Otherwise the specified number is used. {group} is
+      the sign group name. To use the global sign group, use an
+      empty string.  {group} functions as a namespace for {id}, thus
+      two groups can use the same IDs. Refer to |sign-identifier|
+      and |sign-group| for more information.
+
+      {name} refers to a defined sign.
+      {buf} refers to a buffer name or number. For the accepted
+      values, see |bufname()|.
+
+      The optional {dict} argument supports the following entries:
+      	lnum		line number in the file or buffer
+      			{buf} where the sign is to be placed.
+      			For the accepted values, see |line()|.
+      	priority	priority of the sign. See
+      			|sign-priority| for more information.
+
+      If the optional {dict} is not specified, then it modifies the
+      placed sign {id} in group {group} to use the defined sign
+      {name}.
+
+      Returns the sign identifier on success and -1 on failure.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	" Place a sign named sign1 with id 5 at line 20 in
+      	" buffer json.c
+      	call sign_place(5, '', 'sign1', 'json.c',
+      					\ {'lnum' : 20})
+
+      	" Updates sign 5 in buffer json.c to use sign2
+      	call sign_place(5, '', 'sign2', 'json.c')
+
+      	" Place a sign named sign3 at line 30 in
+      	" buffer json.c with a new identifier
+      	let id = sign_place(0, '', 'sign3', 'json.c',
+      					\ {'lnum' : 30})
+
+      	" Place a sign named sign4 with id 10 in group 'g3'
+      	" at line 40 in buffer json.c with priority 90
+      	call sign_place(10, 'g3', 'sign4', 'json.c',
+      			\ {'lnum' : 40, 'priority' : 90})
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sign_place',
+    params = {
+      { 'id', 'any' },
+      { 'group', 'any' },
+      { 'name', 'string' },
+      { 'buf', 'any' },
+      { 'dict', 'vim.fn.sign_place.dict' },
+    },
+    signature = 'sign_place({id}, {group}, {name}, {buf} [, {dict}])',
+    returns = 'integer'
+  },
+  sign_placelist = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Place one or more signs.  This is similar to the
+      |sign_place()| function.  The {list} argument specifies the
+      List of signs to place. Each list item is a dict with the
+      following sign attributes:
+          buffer	Buffer name or number. For the accepted
+      		values, see |bufname()|.
+          group	Sign group. {group} functions as a namespace
+      		for {id}, thus two groups can use the same
+      		IDs. If not specified or set to an empty
+      		string, then the global group is used.   See
+      		|sign-group| for more information.
+          id		Sign identifier. If not specified or zero,
+      		then a new unique identifier is allocated.
+      		Otherwise the specified number is used. See
+      		|sign-identifier| for more information.
+          lnum	Line number in the buffer where the sign is to
+      		be placed. For the accepted values, see
+      		|line()|.
+          name	Name of the sign to place. See |sign_define()|
+      		for more information.
+          priority	Priority of the sign. When multiple signs are
+      		placed on a line, the sign with the highest
+      		priority is used. If not specified, the
+      		default value of 10 is used. See
+      		|sign-priority| for more information.
+
+      If {id} refers to an existing sign, then the existing sign is
+      modified to use the specified {name} and/or {priority}.
+
+      Returns a List of sign identifiers. If failed to place a
+      sign, the corresponding list item is set to -1.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	" Place sign s1 with id 5 at line 20 and id 10 at line
+      	" 30 in buffer a.c
+      	let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
+      		\ {'id' : 5,
+      		\  'name' : 's1',
+      		\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+      		\  'lnum' : 20},
+      		\ {'id' : 10,
+      		\  'name' : 's1',
+      		\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+      		\  'lnum' : 30}
+      		\ ])
+
+      	" Place sign s1 in buffer a.c at line 40 and 50
+      	" with auto-generated identifiers
+      	let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
+      		\ {'name' : 's1',
+      		\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+      		\  'lnum' : 40},
+      		\ {'name' : 's1',
+      		\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+      		\  'lnum' : 50}
+      		\ ])
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sign_placelist',
+    params = { { 'list', 'vim.fn.sign_placelist.list.item[]' } },
+    signature = 'sign_placelist({list})',
+    returns = 'integer[]'
+  },
+  sign_undefine = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    name = 'sign_undefine',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'sign_undefine([{name}])',
+    returns = '0|-1',
+  },
+  sign_undefine__1 = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Deletes a previously defined sign {name}. This is similar to
+      the |:sign-undefine| command. If {name} is not supplied, then
+      deletes all the defined signs.
+
+      The one argument {list} can be used to undefine a list of
+      signs. Each list item is the name of a sign.
+
+      Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  For the one argument
+      {list} call, returns a list of values one for each undefined
+      sign.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	" Delete a sign named mySign
+      	call sign_undefine("mySign")
+
+      	" Delete signs 'sign1' and 'sign2'
+      	call sign_undefine(["sign1", "sign2"])
+
+      	" Delete all the signs
+      	call sign_undefine()
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sign_undefine',
+    params = { { 'list', 'string[]' } },
+    signature = 'sign_undefine({list})',
+    returns = 'integer[]',
+  },
+  sign_unplace = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Remove a previously placed sign in one or more buffers.  This
+      is similar to the |:sign-unplace| command.
+
+      {group} is the sign group name. To use the global sign group,
+      use an empty string.  If {group} is set to "*", then all the
+      groups including the global group are used.
+      The signs in {group} are selected based on the entries in
+      {dict}.  The following optional entries in {dict} are
+      supported:
+      	buffer	buffer name or number. See |bufname()|.
+      	id	sign identifier
+      If {dict} is not supplied, then all the signs in {group} are
+      removed.
+
+      Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	" Remove sign 10 from buffer a.vim
+      	call sign_unplace('', {'buffer' : "a.vim", 'id' : 10})
+
+      	" Remove sign 20 in group 'g1' from buffer 3
+      	call sign_unplace('g1', {'buffer' : 3, 'id' : 20})
+
+      	" Remove all the signs in group 'g2' from buffer 10
+      	call sign_unplace('g2', {'buffer' : 10})
+
+      	" Remove sign 30 in group 'g3' from all the buffers
+      	call sign_unplace('g3', {'id' : 30})
+
+      	" Remove all the signs placed in buffer 5
+      	call sign_unplace('*', {'buffer' : 5})
+
+      	" Remove the signs in group 'g4' from all the buffers
+      	call sign_unplace('g4')
+
+      	" Remove sign 40 from all the buffers
+      	call sign_unplace('*', {'id' : 40})
+
+      	" Remove all the placed signs from all the buffers
+      	call sign_unplace('*')
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sign_unplace',
+    params = { { 'group', 'string' }, { 'dict', 'vim.fn.sign_unplace.dict' } },
+    signature = 'sign_unplace({group} [, {dict}])',
+    returns = '0|-1',
+  },
+  sign_unplacelist = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Remove previously placed signs from one or more buffers.  This
+      is similar to the |sign_unplace()| function.
+
+      The {list} argument specifies the List of signs to remove.
+      Each list item is a dict with the following sign attributes:
+          buffer	buffer name or number. For the accepted
+      		values, see |bufname()|. If not specified,
+      		then the specified sign is removed from all
+      		the buffers.
+          group	sign group name. If not specified or set to an
+      		empty string, then the global sign group is
+      		used. If set to "*", then all the groups
+      		including the global group are used.
+          id		sign identifier. If not specified, then all
+      		the signs in the specified group are removed.
+
+      Returns a List where an entry is set to 0 if the corresponding
+      sign was successfully removed or -1 on failure.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	" Remove sign with id 10 from buffer a.vim and sign
+      	" with id 20 from buffer b.vim
+      	call sign_unplacelist([
+      		\ {'id' : 10, 'buffer' : "a.vim"},
+      		\ {'id' : 20, 'buffer' : 'b.vim'},
+      		\ ])
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sign_unplacelist',
+    params = { { 'list', 'vim.fn.sign_unplacelist.list.item' } },
+    signature = 'sign_unplacelist({list})',
+    returns = '(0|-1)[]',
+  },
+  simplify = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
+      the meaning.  Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
+      Unix) are not resolved.  If the first path component in
+      {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
+      valid for the result as well.  A trailing path separator is
+      not removed either. On Unix "//path" is unchanged, but
+      "///path" is simplified to "/path" (this follows the Posix
+      standard).
+      Example: >vim
+      	simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
+      <Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
+      a searchable directory or does not exist.  On Unix, it is also
+      removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
+      directory.  In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
+      links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'simplify',
+    params = { { 'filename', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'simplify({filename})',
+  },
+  sin = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the sine of {expr}, measured in radians, as a |Float|.
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo sin(100)
+      <	-0.506366 >vim
+      	echo sin(-4.01)
+      <	0.763301
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'sin',
+    name = 'sin',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'sin({expr})',
+  },
+  sinh = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the hyperbolic sine of {expr} as a |Float| in the range
+      [-inf, inf].
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo sinh(0.5)
+      <	0.521095 >vim
+      	echo sinh(-0.9)
+      <	-1.026517
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'sinh',
+    name = 'sinh',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'sinh({expr})',
+  },
+  slice = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Similar to using a |slice| "expr[start : end]", but "end" is
+      used exclusive.  And for a string the indexes are used as
+      character indexes instead of byte indexes.
+      Also, composing characters are not counted.
+      When {end} is omitted the slice continues to the last item.
+      When {end} is -1 the last item is omitted.
+      Returns an empty value if {start} or {end} are invalid.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'slice',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'start', 'any' }, { 'end', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'slice({expr}, {start} [, {end}])',
+  },
+  sockconnect = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Connect a socket to an address. If {mode} is "pipe" then
+      {address} should be the path of a local domain socket (on
+      unix) or named pipe (on Windows). If {mode} is "tcp" then
+      {address} should be of the form "host:port" where the host
+      should be an ip address or host name, and port the port
+      number.
+
+      For "pipe" mode, see |luv-pipe-handle|. For "tcp" mode, see
+      |luv-tcp-handle|.
+
+      Returns a |channel| ID. Close the socket with |chanclose()|.
+      Use |chansend()| to send data over a bytes socket, and
+      |rpcrequest()| and |rpcnotify()| to communicate with a RPC
+      socket.
+
+      {opts} is an optional dictionary with these keys:
+        |on_data| : callback invoked when data was read from socket
+        data_buffered : read socket data in |channel-buffered| mode.
+        rpc     : If set, |msgpack-rpc| will be used to communicate
+      	    over the socket.
+      Returns:
+        - The channel ID on success (greater than zero)
+        - 0 on invalid arguments or connection failure.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sockconnect',
+    params = { { 'mode', 'string' }, { 'address', 'any' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'sockconnect({mode}, {address} [, {opts}])',
+  },
+  sort = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'E702' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.
+
+      If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >vim
+      	let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
+
+      <When {how} is omitted or is a string, then sort() uses the
+      string representation of each item to sort on.  Numbers sort
+      after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.  For sorting text in the
+      current buffer use |:sort|.
+
+      When {how} is given and it is 'i' then case is ignored.
+      For backwards compatibility, the value one can be used to
+      ignore case.  Zero means to not ignore case.
+
+      When {how} is given and it is 'l' then the current collation
+      locale is used for ordering. Implementation details: strcoll()
+      is used to compare strings. See |:language| check or set the
+      collation locale. |v:collate| can also be used to check the
+      current locale. Sorting using the locale typically ignores
+      case. Example: >vim
+      	" ö is sorted similarly to o with English locale.
+      	language collate en_US.UTF8
+      	echo sort(['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'], 'l')
+      <	['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'] ~
+      >vim
+      	" ö is sorted after z with Swedish locale.
+      	language collate sv_SE.UTF8
+      	echo sort(['n', 'o', 'O', 'ö', 'p', 'z'], 'l')
+      <	['n', 'o', 'O', 'p', 'z', 'ö'] ~
+      This does not work properly on Mac.
+
+      When {how} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
+      sorted numerical (Implementation detail: this uses the
+      strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
+      Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).
+
+      When {how} is given and it is 'N' then all items will be
+      sorted numerical. This is like 'n' but a string containing
+      digits will be used as the number they represent.
+
+      When {how} is given and it is 'f' then all items will be
+      sorted numerical. All values must be a Number or a Float.
+
+      When {how} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
+      is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
+      items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
+      bigger if the first one sorts after the second one, -1 or
+      smaller if the first one sorts before the second one.
+
+      {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
+      used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
+
+      The sort is stable, items which compare equal (as number or as
+      string) will keep their relative position. E.g., when sorting
+      on numbers, text strings will sort next to each other, in the
+      same order as they were originally.
+
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	func MyCompare(i1, i2)
+      	   return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
+      	endfunc
+      	eval mylist->sort("MyCompare")
+      <A shorter compare version for this specific simple case, which
+      ignores overflow: >vim
+      	func MyCompare(i1, i2)
+      	   return a:i1 - a:i2
+      	endfunc
+      <For a simple expression you can use a lambda: >vim
+      	eval mylist->sort({i1, i2 -> i1 - i2})
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'sort',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'how', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'sort({list} [, {how} [, {dict}]])',
+  },
+  soundfold = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the sound-folded equivalent of {word}.  Uses the first
+      language in 'spelllang' for the current window that supports
+      soundfolding.  'spell' must be set.  When no sound folding is
+      possible the {word} is returned unmodified.
+      This can be used for making spelling suggestions.  Note that
+      the method can be quite slow.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'soundfold',
+    params = { { 'word', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'soundfold({word})',
+  },
+  spellbadword = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Without argument: The result is the badly spelled word under
+      or after the cursor.  The cursor is moved to the start of the
+      bad word.  When no bad word is found in the cursor line the
+      result is an empty string and the cursor doesn't move.
+
+      With argument: The result is the first word in {sentence} that
+      is badly spelled.  If there are no spelling mistakes the
+      result is an empty string.
+
+      The return value is a list with two items:
+      - The badly spelled word or an empty string.
+      - The type of the spelling error:
+      	"bad"		spelling mistake
+      	"rare"		rare word
+      	"local"		word only valid in another region
+      	"caps"		word should start with Capital
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo spellbadword("the quik brown fox")
+      <	['quik', 'bad'] ~
+
+      The spelling information for the current window and the value
+      of 'spelllang' are used.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'spellbadword',
+    params = { { 'sentence', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'spellbadword([{sentence}])',
+  },
+  spellsuggest = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a |List| with spelling suggestions to replace {word}.
+      When {max} is given up to this number of suggestions are
+      returned.  Otherwise up to 25 suggestions are returned.
+
+      When the {capital} argument is given and it's non-zero only
+      suggestions with a leading capital will be given.  Use this
+      after a match with 'spellcapcheck'.
+
+      {word} can be a badly spelled word followed by other text.
+      This allows for joining two words that were split.  The
+      suggestions also include the following text, thus you can
+      replace a line.
+
+      {word} may also be a good word.  Similar words will then be
+      returned.  {word} itself is not included in the suggestions,
+      although it may appear capitalized.
+
+      The spelling information for the current window is used.  The
+      values of 'spelllang' and 'spellsuggest' are used.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'spellsuggest',
+    params = { { 'word', 'any' }, { 'max', 'any' }, { 'capital', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'spellsuggest({word} [, {max} [, {capital}]])',
+  },
+  split = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Make a |List| out of {string}.  When {pattern} is omitted or
+      empty each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an
+      item.
+      Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
+      removing the matched characters. 'ignorecase' is not used
+      here, add \c to ignore case. |/\c|
+      When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
+      {keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
+      Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
+      character or when {keepempty} is non-zero.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
+      <To split a string in individual characters: >vim
+      	for c in split(mystring, '\zs') | endfor
+      <If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs' at
+      the end of the pattern: >vim
+      	echo split('abc:def:ghi', ':\zs')
+      < >
+      	['abc:', 'def:', 'ghi']
+      <
+      Splitting a table where the first element can be empty: >vim
+      	let items = split(line, ':', 1)
+      <The opposite function is |join()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'split',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'pattern', 'any' }, { 'keepempty', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'split({string} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]])',
+  },
+  sqrt = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the non-negative square root of Float {expr} as a
+      |Float|.
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.  When {expr}
+      is negative the result is NaN (Not a Number).  Returns 0.0 if
+      {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo sqrt(100)
+      <	10.0 >vim
+      	echo sqrt(-4.01)
+      <	str2float("nan")
+      NaN may be different, it depends on system libraries.
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'sqrt',
+    name = 'sqrt',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'sqrt({expr})',
+  },
+  srand = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Initialize seed used by |rand()|:
+      - If {expr} is not given, seed values are initialized by
+        reading from /dev/urandom, if possible, or using time(NULL)
+        a.k.a. epoch time otherwise; this only has second accuracy.
+      - If {expr} is given it must be a Number.  It is used to
+        initialize the seed values.  This is useful for testing or
+        when a predictable sequence is intended.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	let seed = srand()
+      	let seed = srand(userinput)
+      	echo rand(seed)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'srand',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'srand([{expr}])',
+  },
+  stdioopen = {
+    args = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      With |--headless| this opens stdin and stdout as a |channel|.
+      May be called only once. See |channel-stdio|. stderr is not
+      handled by this function, see |v:stderr|.
+
+      Close the stdio handles with |chanclose()|. Use |chansend()|
+      to send data to stdout, and |rpcrequest()| and |rpcnotify()|
+      to communicate over RPC.
+
+      {opts} is a dictionary with these keys:
+        |on_stdin| : callback invoked when stdin is written to.
+        on_print : callback invoked when Nvim needs to print a
+      	     message, with the message (whose type is string)
+      	     as sole argument.
+        stdin_buffered : read stdin in |channel-buffered| mode.
+        rpc      : If set, |msgpack-rpc| will be used to communicate
+      	     over stdio
+      Returns:
+        - |channel-id| on success (value is always 1)
+        - 0 on invalid arguments
+    ]=],
+    name = 'stdioopen',
+    params = { { 'opts', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'stdioopen({opts})',
+  },
+  stdpath = {
+    args = 1,
+    tags = { 'E6100' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns |standard-path| locations of various default files and
+      directories.
+
+      {what}       Type    Description ~
+      cache        String  Cache directory: arbitrary temporary
+                           storage for plugins, etc.
+      config       String  User configuration directory. |init.vim|
+                           is stored here.
+      config_dirs  List    Other configuration directories.
+      data         String  User data directory.
+      data_dirs    List    Other data directories.
+      log          String  Logs directory (for use by plugins too).
+      run          String  Run directory: temporary, local storage
+      		     for sockets, named pipes, etc.
+      state        String  Session state directory: storage for file
+      		     drafts, swap, undo, |shada|.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	echo stdpath("config")
+      <
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'stdpath',
+    params = { { 'what', "'cache'|'config'|'config_dirs'|'data'|'data_dirs'|'log'|'run'|'state'" } },
+    returns = 'string|string[]',
+    signature = 'stdpath({what})',
+  },
+  state = {
+    args = {0, 1},
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a string which contains characters indicating the
+      current state.  Mostly useful in callbacks that want to do
+      work that may not always be safe.  Roughly this works like:
+      - callback uses state() to check if work is safe to do.
+        Yes: then do it right away.
+        No:  add to work queue and add a |SafeState| autocommand.
+      - When SafeState is triggered and executes your autocommand,
+        check with `state()` if the work can be done now, and if yes
+        remove it from the queue and execute.
+        Remove the autocommand if the queue is now empty.
+      Also see |mode()|.
+
+      When {what} is given only characters in this string will be
+      added.  E.g, this checks if the screen has scrolled: >vim
+      	if state('s') == ''
+      	   " screen has not scrolled
+      <
+      These characters indicate the state, generally indicating that
+      something is busy:
+          m	halfway a mapping, :normal command, feedkeys() or
+      	stuffed command
+          o	operator pending, e.g. after |d|
+          a	Insert mode autocomplete active
+          x	executing an autocommand
+          S	not triggering SafeState, e.g. after |f| or a count
+          c	callback invoked, including timer (repeats for
+      	recursiveness up to "ccc")
+          s	screen has scrolled for messages
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'state',
+    params = { { 'what', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'state([{what}])',
+  },
+  str2float = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Convert String {string} to a Float.  This mostly works the
+      same as when using a floating point number in an expression,
+      see |floating-point-format|.  But it's a bit more permissive.
+      E.g., "1e40" is accepted, while in an expression you need to
+      write "1.0e40".  The hexadecimal form "0x123" is also
+      accepted, but not others, like binary or octal.
+      When {quoted} is present and non-zero then embedded single
+      quotes before the dot are ignored, thus "1'000.0" is a
+      thousand.
+      Text after the number is silently ignored.
+      The decimal point is always '.', no matter what the locale is
+      set to.  A comma ends the number: "12,345.67" is converted to
+      12.0.  You can strip out thousands separators with
+      |substitute()|: >vim
+      	let f = str2float(substitute(text, ',', '', 'g'))
+      <
+      Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'str2float',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'quoted', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'str2float({string} [, {quoted}])',
+  },
+  str2list = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a list containing the number values which represent
+      each character in String {string}.  Examples: >vim
+      	echo str2list(" ")		" returns [32]
+      	echo str2list("ABC")		" returns [65, 66, 67]
+      <|list2str()| does the opposite.
+
+      UTF-8 encoding is always used, {utf8} option has no effect,
+      and exists only for backwards-compatibility.
+      With UTF-8 composing characters are handled properly: >vim
+      	echo str2list("á")		" returns [97, 769]
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'str2list',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'utf8', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'str2list({string} [, {utf8}])',
+  },
+  str2nr = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Convert string {string} to a number.
+      {base} is the conversion base, it can be 2, 8, 10 or 16.
+      When {quoted} is present and non-zero then embedded single
+      quotes are ignored, thus "1'000'000" is a million.
+
+      When {base} is omitted base 10 is used.  This also means that
+      a leading zero doesn't cause octal conversion to be used, as
+      with the default String to Number conversion.  Example: >vim
+      	let nr = str2nr('0123')
+      <
+      When {base} is 16 a leading "0x" or "0X" is ignored.  With a
+      different base the result will be zero. Similarly, when
+      {base} is 8 a leading "0", "0o" or "0O" is ignored, and when
+      {base} is 2 a leading "0b" or "0B" is ignored.
+      Text after the number is silently ignored.
+
+      Returns 0 if {string} is empty or on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'str2nr',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'base', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'str2nr({string} [, {base}])',
+  },
+  strcharlen = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the number of characters
+      in String {string}.  Composing characters are ignored.
+      |strchars()| can count the number of characters, counting
+      composing characters separately.
+
+      Returns 0 if {string} is empty or on error.
+
+      Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'strcharlen',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'strcharlen({string})',
+  },
+  strcharpart = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |strpart()| but using character index and length instead
+      of byte index and length.
+      When {skipcc} is omitted or zero, composing characters are
+      counted separately.
+      When {skipcc} set to 1, Composing characters are ignored,
+      similar to  |slice()|.
+      When a character index is used where a character does not
+      exist it is omitted and counted as one character.  For
+      example: >vim
+      	echo strcharpart('abc', -1, 2)
+      <results in 'a'.
+
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'strcharpart',
+    params = { { 'src', 'any' }, { 'start', 'any' }, { 'len', 'any' }, { 'skipcc', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'strcharpart({src}, {start} [, {len} [, {skipcc}]])',
+  },
+  strchars = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the number of characters
+      in String {string}.
+      When {skipcc} is omitted or zero, composing characters are
+      counted separately.
+      When {skipcc} set to 1, Composing characters are ignored.
+      |strcharlen()| always does this.
+
+      Returns zero on error.
+
+      Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.
+
+      {skipcc} is only available after 7.4.755.  For backward
+      compatibility, you can define a wrapper function: >vim
+          if has("patch-7.4.755")
+            function s:strchars(str, skipcc)
+      	return strchars(a:str, a:skipcc)
+            endfunction
+          else
+            function s:strchars(str, skipcc)
+      	if a:skipcc
+      	  return strlen(substitute(a:str, ".", "x", "g"))
+      	else
+      	  return strchars(a:str)
+      	endif
+            endfunction
+          endif
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'strchars',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'skipcc', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'strchars({string} [, {skipcc}])',
+  },
+  strdisplaywidth = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the number of display cells
+      String {string} occupies on the screen when it starts at {col}
+      (first column is zero).  When {col} is omitted zero is used.
+      Otherwise it is the screen column where to start.  This
+      matters for Tab characters.
+      The option settings of the current window are used.  This
+      matters for anything that's displayed differently, such as
+      'tabstop' and 'display'.
+      When {string} contains characters with East Asian Width Class
+      Ambiguous, this function's return value depends on 'ambiwidth'.
+      Returns zero on error.
+      Also see |strlen()|, |strwidth()| and |strchars()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'strdisplaywidth',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'strdisplaywidth({string} [, {col}])',
+  },
+  strftime = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as
+      specified by the {format} string.  The given {time} is used,
+      or the current time if no time is given.  The accepted
+      {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
+      See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
+      format.  The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
+      See also |localtime()|, |getftime()| and |strptime()|.
+      The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
+      Examples: >vim
+        echo strftime("%c")		   " Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
+        echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X")	   " 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
+        echo strftime("%y%m%d %T")	   " 970427 11:53:55
+        echo strftime("%H:%M")		   " 11:55
+        echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
+      				   " Show mod time of file.c.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'strftime',
+    params = { { 'format', 'any' }, { 'time', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'strftime({format} [, {time}])',
+  },
+  strgetchar = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get a Number corresponding to the character at {index} in
+      {str}.  This uses a zero-based character index, not a byte
+      index.  Composing characters are considered separate
+      characters here.  Use |nr2char()| to convert the Number to a
+      String.
+      Returns -1 if {index} is invalid.
+      Also see |strcharpart()| and |strchars()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'strgetchar',
+    params = { { 'str', 'string' }, { 'index', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'strgetchar({str}, {index})',
+  },
+  stridx = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
+      {haystack} of the first occurrence of the String {needle}.
+      If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
+      This can be used to find a second match: >vim
+      	let colon1 = stridx(line, ":")
+      	let colon2 = stridx(line, ":", colon1 + 1)
+      <The search is done case-sensitive.
+      For pattern searches use |match()|.
+      -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
+      See also |strridx()|.
+      Examples: >vim
+        echo stridx("An Example", "Example")     " 3
+        echo stridx("Starting point", "Start")   " 0
+        echo stridx("Starting point", "start")   " -1
+      <				*strstr()* *strchr()*
+      stridx() works similar to the C function strstr().  When used
+      with a single character it works similar to strchr().
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'stridx',
+    params = { { 'haystack', 'string' }, { 'needle', 'string' }, { 'start', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])',
+  },
+  string = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
+      Float, String, Blob or a composition of them, then the result
+      can be parsed back with |eval()|.
+      	{expr} type	result ~
+      	String		'string'
+      	Number		123
+      	Float		123.123456 or 1.123456e8 or
+      			`str2float('inf')`
+      	Funcref		`function('name')`
+      	Blob		0z00112233.44556677.8899
+      	List		[item, item]
+      	Dictionary	`{key: value, key: value}`
+      Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
+      Also see |strtrans()|.
+      Note 2: Output format is mostly compatible with YAML, except
+      for infinite and NaN floating-point values representations
+      which use |str2float()|.  Strings are also dumped literally,
+      only single quote is escaped, which does not allow using YAML
+      for parsing back binary strings.  |eval()| should always work for
+      strings and floats though and this is the only official
+      method, use |msgpackdump()| or |json_encode()| if you need to
+      share data with other application.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'string',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'string({expr})',
+  },
+  strlen = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
+      {string} in bytes.
+      If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
+      For other types an error is given and zero is returned.
+      If you want to count the number of multibyte characters use
+      |strchars()|.
+      Also see |len()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strwidth()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'strlen',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'strlen({string})',
+  },
+  strpart = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
+      byte {start}, with the byte length {len}.
+      When {chars} is present and TRUE then {len} is the number of
+      characters positions (composing characters are not counted
+      separately, thus "1" means one base character and any
+      following composing characters).
+      To count {start} as characters instead of bytes use
+      |strcharpart()|.
+
+      When bytes are selected which do not exist, this doesn't
+      result in an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
+      If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
+      end of the {src}. >vim
+      	echo strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2)    " returns 'de'
+      	echo strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4)   " returns 'ab'
+      	echo strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4)    " returns 'fg'
+      	echo strpart("abcdefg", 3)	 " returns 'defg'
+
+      <Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0.  For
+      example, to get the character under the cursor: >vim
+      	strpart(getline("."), col(".") - 1, 1, v:true)
+      <
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'strpart',
+    params = {
+      { 'src', 'string' },
+      { 'start', 'integer' },
+      { 'len', 'integer' },
+      { 'chars', '0|1' },
+    },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'strpart({src}, {start} [, {len} [, {chars}]])',
+  },
+  strptime = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is a unix timestamp representing
+      the date and time in {timestring}, which is expected to match
+      the format specified in {format}.
+
+      The accepted {format} depends on your system, thus this is not
+      portable!  See the manual page of the C function strptime()
+      for the format.  Especially avoid "%c".  The value of $TZ also
+      matters.
+
+      If the {timestring} cannot be parsed with {format} zero is
+      returned.  If you do not know the format of {timestring} you
+      can try different {format} values until you get a non-zero
+      result.
+
+      See also |strftime()|.
+      Examples: >vim
+        echo strptime("%Y %b %d %X", "1997 Apr 27 11:49:23")
+      <  862156163 >vim
+        echo strftime("%c", strptime("%y%m%d %T", "970427 11:53:55"))
+      <  Sun Apr 27 11:53:55 1997 >vim
+        echo strftime("%c", strptime("%Y%m%d%H%M%S", "19970427115355") + 3600)
+      <  Sun Apr 27 12:53:55 1997
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'strptime',
+    params = { { 'format', 'string' }, { 'timestring', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'strptime({format}, {timestring})',
+  },
+  strridx = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
+      {haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
+      When {start} is specified, matches beyond this index are
+      ignored.  This can be used to find a match before a previous
+      match: >vim
+      	let lastcomma = strridx(line, ",")
+      	let comma2 = strridx(line, ",", lastcomma - 1)
+      <The search is done case-sensitive.
+      For pattern searches use |match()|.
+      -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
+      If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
+      See also |stridx()|.  Examples: >vim
+        echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an")	     3
+      <					*strrchr()*
+      When used with a single character it works similar to the C
+      function strrchr().
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'strridx',
+    params = {
+      { 'haystack', 'string' },
+      { 'needle', 'string' },
+      { 'start', 'integer' },
+    },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])',
+  },
+  strtrans = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is {string} with all unprintable
+      characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
+      Like they are shown in a window.  Example: >vim
+      	echo strtrans(@a)
+      <This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
+      starting a new line.
+
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'strtrans',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'strtrans({string})',
+  },
+  strutf16len = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the number of UTF-16 code
+      units in String {string} (after converting it to UTF-16).
+
+      When {countcc} is TRUE, composing characters are counted
+      separately.
+      When {countcc} is omitted or FALSE, composing characters are
+      ignored.
+
+      Returns zero on error.
+
+      Also see |strlen()| and |strcharlen()|.
+      Examples: >vim
+          echo strutf16len('a')		" returns 1
+          echo strutf16len('©')		" returns 1
+          echo strutf16len('😊')		" returns 2
+          echo strutf16len('ą́')		" returns 1
+          echo strutf16len('ą́', v:true)	" returns 3
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'strutf16len',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' }, { 'countcc', '0|1' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'strutf16len({string} [, {countcc}])',
+  },
+  strwidth = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the number of display cells
+      String {string} occupies.  A Tab character is counted as one
+      cell, alternatively use |strdisplaywidth()|.
+      When {string} contains characters with East Asian Width Class
+      Ambiguous, this function's return value depends on 'ambiwidth'.
+      Returns zero on error.
+      Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strchars()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'strwidth',
+    params = { { 'string', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'strwidth({string})',
+  },
+  submatch = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'E935' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command or
+      substitute() function.
+      Returns the {nr}th submatch of the matched text.  When {nr}
+      is 0 the whole matched text is returned.
+      Note that a NL in the string can stand for a line break of a
+      multi-line match or a NUL character in the text.
+      Also see |sub-replace-expression|.
+
+      If {list} is present and non-zero then submatch() returns
+      a list of strings, similar to |getline()| with two arguments.
+      NL characters in the text represent NUL characters in the
+      text.
+      Only returns more than one item for |:substitute|, inside
+      |substitute()| this list will always contain one or zero
+      items, since there are no real line breaks.
+
+      When substitute() is used recursively only the submatches in
+      the current (deepest) call can be obtained.
+
+      Returns an empty string or list on error.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
+      	echo substitute(text, '\d\+', '\=submatch(0) + 1', '')
+      <This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
+      A line break is included as a newline character.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'submatch',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'list', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'string|string[]',
+    signature = 'submatch({nr} [, {list}])',
+  },
+  substitute = {
+    args = 4,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is a copy of {string}, in which
+      the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}.
+      When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {string} are
+      replaced.  Otherwise {flags} should be "".
+
+      This works like the ":substitute" command (without any flags).
+      But the matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic'
+      option is set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts
+      portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant, use |/\c| or |/\C|
+      if you want to ignore or match case and ignore 'ignorecase'.
+      'smartcase' is not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is
+      used.
+
+      A "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
+      Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
+      |sub-replace-special|.  For example, to replace something with
+      "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
+
+      When {pat} does not match in {string}, {string} is returned
+      unmodified.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
+      <This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >vim
+      	echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
+      <results in "TESTING".
+
+      When {sub} starts with "\=", the remainder is interpreted as
+      an expression. See |sub-replace-expression|.  Example: >vim
+      	echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)',
+      	   \ '\=nr2char("0x" .. submatch(1))', 'g')
+
+      <When {sub} is a Funcref that function is called, with one
+      optional argument.  Example: >vim
+         echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)', SubNr, 'g')
+      <The optional argument is a list which contains the whole
+      matched string and up to nine submatches, like what
+      |submatch()| returns.  Example: >vim
+         echo substitute(s, '%\(\x\x\)', {m -> '0x' .. m[1]}, 'g')
+
+      <Returns an empty string on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'substitute',
+    params = {
+      { 'string', 'string' },
+      { 'pat', 'string' },
+      { 'sub', 'string' },
+      { 'flags', 'string' },
+    },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'substitute({string}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})',
+  },
+  swapfilelist = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a list of swap file names, like what "vim -r" shows.
+      See the |-r| command argument.  The 'directory' option is used
+      for the directories to inspect.  If you only want to get a
+      list of swap files in the current directory then temporarily
+      set 'directory' to a dot: >vim
+      	let save_dir = &directory
+      	let &directory = '.'
+      	let swapfiles = swapfilelist()
+      	let &directory = save_dir
+    ]=],
+    name = 'swapfilelist',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'string[]',
+    signature = 'swapfilelist()',
+  },
+  swapinfo = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a dictionary, which holds information about the
+      swapfile {fname}. The available fields are:
+      	version Vim version
+      	user	user name
+      	host	host name
+      	fname	original file name
+      	pid	PID of the Nvim process that created the swap
+      		file, or zero if not running.
+      	mtime	last modification time in seconds
+      	inode	Optional: INODE number of the file
+      	dirty	1 if file was modified, 0 if not
+      In case of failure an "error" item is added with the reason:
+      	Cannot open file: file not found or in accessible
+      	Cannot read file: cannot read first block
+      	Not a swap file: does not contain correct block ID
+      	Magic number mismatch: Info in first block is invalid
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'swapinfo',
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'swapinfo({fname})',
+  },
+  swapname = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is the swap file path of the buffer {buf}.
+      For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
+      If buffer {buf} is the current buffer, the result is equal to
+      |:swapname| (unless there is no swap file).
+      If buffer {buf} has no swap file, returns an empty string.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'swapname',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'swapname({buf})',
+  },
+  synID = {
+    args = 3,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
+      {lnum} and {col} in the current window.
+      The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and
+      |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.
+
+      {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
+      line.  'synmaxcol' applies, in a longer line zero is returned.
+      Note that when the position is after the last character,
+      that's where the cursor can be in Insert mode, synID() returns
+      zero.  {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
+
+      When {trans} is |TRUE|, transparent items are reduced to the
+      item that they reveal.  This is useful when wanting to know
+      the effective color.  When {trans} is |FALSE|, the transparent
+      item is returned.  This is useful when wanting to know which
+      syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
+      Warning: This function can be very slow.  Best speed is
+      obtained by going through the file in forward direction.
+
+      Returns zero on error.
+
+      Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >vim
+      	echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'synID',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' }, { 'trans', '0|1' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans})',
+  },
+  synIDattr = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
+      syntax ID {synID}.  This can be used to obtain information
+      about a syntax item.
+      {mode} can be "gui" or "cterm", to get the attributes
+      for that mode.  When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
+      used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
+      used (GUI or cterm).
+      Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups.
+      {what}		result
+      "name"		the name of the syntax item
+      "fg"		foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
+      		the color, cterm: color number as a string,
+      		term: empty string)
+      "bg"		background color (as with "fg")
+      "font"		font name (only available in the GUI)
+      		|highlight-font|
+      "sp"		special color (as with "fg") |guisp|
+      "fg#"		like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
+      		running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
+      "bg#"		like "fg#" for "bg"
+      "sp#"		like "fg#" for "sp"
+      "bold"		"1" if bold
+      "italic"	"1" if italic
+      "reverse"	"1" if reverse
+      "inverse"	"1" if inverse (= reverse)
+      "standout"	"1" if standout
+      "underline"	"1" if underlined
+      "undercurl"	"1" if undercurled
+      "underdouble"	"1" if double underlined
+      "underdotted"	"1" if dotted underlined
+      "underdashed"	"1" if dashed underlined
+      "strikethrough"	"1" if struckthrough
+      "altfont"	"1" if alternative font
+      "nocombine"	"1" if nocombine
+
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+
+      Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
+      cursor): >vim
+      	echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
+      <
+      Can also be used as a |method|: >vim
+      	echo synID(line("."), col("."), 1)->synIDtrans()->synIDattr("fg")
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'synIDattr',
+    params = { { 'synID', 'integer' }, { 'what', 'string' }, { 'mode', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}])',
+  },
+  synIDtrans = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of
+      {synID}.  This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to
+      highlight the character.  Highlight links given with
+      ":highlight link" are followed.
+
+      Returns zero on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'synIDtrans',
+    params = { { 'synID', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'synIDtrans({synID})',
+  },
+  synconcealed = {
+    args = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a |List| with currently three items:
+      1. The first item in the list is 0 if the character at the
+         position {lnum} and {col} is not part of a concealable
+         region, 1 if it is.  {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
+      2. The second item in the list is a string. If the first item
+         is 1, the second item contains the text which will be
+         displayed in place of the concealed text, depending on the
+         current setting of 'conceallevel' and 'listchars'.
+      3. The third and final item in the list is a number
+         representing the specific syntax region matched in the
+         line. When the character is not concealed the value is
+         zero. This allows detection of the beginning of a new
+         concealable region if there are two consecutive regions
+         with the same replacement character.  For an example, if
+         the text is "123456" and both "23" and "45" are concealed
+         and replaced by the character "X", then:
+      	call			returns ~
+      	synconcealed(lnum, 1)   [0, '', 0]
+      	synconcealed(lnum, 2)   [1, 'X', 1]
+      	synconcealed(lnum, 3)   [1, 'X', 1]
+      	synconcealed(lnum, 4)   [1, 'X', 2]
+      	synconcealed(lnum, 5)   [1, 'X', 2]
+      	synconcealed(lnum, 6)   [0, '', 0]
+    ]=],
+    name = 'synconcealed',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    returns = '{[1]: integer, [2]: string, [3]: integer}[]',
+    signature = 'synconcealed({lnum}, {col})',
+  },
+  synstack = {
+    args = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a |List|, which is the stack of syntax items at the
+      position {lnum} and {col} in the current window.  {lnum} is
+      used like with |getline()|.  Each item in the List is an ID
+      like what |synID()| returns.
+      The first item in the List is the outer region, following are
+      items contained in that one.  The last one is what |synID()|
+      returns, unless not the whole item is highlighted or it is a
+      transparent item.
+      This function is useful for debugging a syntax file.
+      Example that shows the syntax stack under the cursor: >vim
+      	for id in synstack(line("."), col("."))
+      	   echo synIDattr(id, "name")
+      	endfor
+      <When the position specified with {lnum} and {col} is invalid
+      an empty list is returned.  The position just after the last
+      character in a line and the first column in an empty line are
+      valid positions.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'synstack',
+    params = { { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer[]',
+    signature = 'synstack({lnum}, {col})',
+  },
+  system = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'E677' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Note: Prefer |vim.system()| in Lua.
+
+      Gets the output of {cmd} as a |string| (|systemlist()| returns
+      a |List|) and sets |v:shell_error| to the error code.
+      {cmd} is treated as in |jobstart()|:
+      If {cmd} is a List it runs directly (no 'shell').
+      If {cmd} is a String it runs in the 'shell', like this: >vim
+        call jobstart(split(&shell) + split(&shellcmdflag) + ['{cmd}'])
+
+      <Not to be used for interactive commands.
+
+      Result is a String, filtered to avoid platform-specific quirks:
+      - <CR><NL> is replaced with <NL>
+      - NUL characters are replaced with SOH (0x01)
+
+      Example: >vim
+          echo system(['ls', expand('%:h')])
+
+      <If {input} is a string it is written to a pipe and passed as
+      stdin to the command.  The string is written as-is, line
+      separators are not changed.
+      If {input} is a |List| it is written to the pipe as
+      |writefile()| does with {binary} set to "b" (i.e. with
+      a newline between each list item, and newlines inside list
+      items converted to NULs).
+      When {input} is given and is a valid buffer id, the content of
+      the buffer is written to the file line by line, each line
+      terminated by NL (and NUL where the text has NL).
+      						*E5677*
+      Note: system() cannot write to or read from backgrounded ("&")
+      shell commands, e.g.: >vim
+          echo system("cat - &", "foo")
+      <which is equivalent to: >
+          $ echo foo | bash -c 'cat - &'
+      <The pipes are disconnected (unless overridden by shell
+      redirection syntax) before input can reach it. Use
+      |jobstart()| instead.
+
+      Note: Use |shellescape()| or |::S| with |expand()| or
+      |fnamemodify()| to escape special characters in a command
+      argument. 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' must be properly
+      configured. Example: >vim
+          echo system('ls '..shellescape(expand('%:h')))
+          echo system('ls '..expand('%:h:S'))
+
+      <Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
+      Use |:checktime| to force a check.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'system',
+    params = {
+      { 'cmd', 'string|string[]' },
+      { 'input', 'string|string[]|integer' },
+    },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'system({cmd} [, {input}])',
+  },
+  systemlist = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |system()|, but returns a |List| with lines (parts of
+      output separated by NL) with NULs transformed into NLs. Output
+      is the same as |readfile()| will output with {binary} argument
+      set to "b", except that a final newline is not preserved,
+      unless {keepempty} is non-zero.
+      Note that on MS-Windows you may get trailing CR characters.
+
+      To see the difference between "echo hello" and "echo -n hello"
+      use |system()| and |split()|: >vim
+      	echo split(system('echo hello'), '\n', 1)
+      <
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'systemlist',
+    params = {
+      { 'cmd', 'string|string[]' },
+      { 'input', 'string|string[]|integer' },
+      { 'keepempty', 'integer' },
+    },
+    -- TODO(lewis6991): Not sure the '' return case is possible via vim.fn
+    -- returns = "string[]|''",
+    returns = 'string[]',
+    signature = 'systemlist({cmd} [, {input} [, {keepempty}]])',
+  },
+  tabpagebuflist = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a |List|, where each item is the number of the
+      buffer associated with each window in the current tab page.
+      {arg} specifies the number of the tab page to be used. When
+      omitted the current tab page is used.
+      When {arg} is invalid the number zero is returned.
+      To get a list of all buffers in all tabs use this: >vim
+      	let buflist = []
+      	for i in range(tabpagenr('$'))
+      	   call extend(buflist, tabpagebuflist(i + 1))
+      	endfor
+      <Note that a buffer may appear in more than one window.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'tabpagebuflist',
+    params = { { 'arg', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'tabpagebuflist([{arg}])',
+  },
+  tabpagenr = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
+      tab page.  The first tab page has number 1.
+
+      The optional argument {arg} supports the following values:
+      	$	the number of the last tab page (the tab page
+      		count).
+      	#	the number of the last accessed tab page
+      		(where |g<Tab>| goes to).  If there is no
+      		previous tab page, 0 is returned.
+      The number can be used with the |:tab| command.
+
+      Returns zero on error.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'tabpagenr',
+    params = { { 'arg', "'$'|'#'" } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'tabpagenr([{arg}])',
+  },
+  tabpagewinnr = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |winnr()| but for tab page {tabarg}.
+      {tabarg} specifies the number of tab page to be used.
+      {arg} is used like with |winnr()|:
+      - When omitted the current window number is returned.  This is
+        the window which will be used when going to this tab page.
+      - When "$" the number of windows is returned.
+      - When "#" the previous window nr is returned.
+      Useful examples: >vim
+          tabpagewinnr(1)	    " current window of tab page 1
+          tabpagewinnr(4, '$')    " number of windows in tab page 4
+      <When {tabarg} is invalid zero is returned.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'tabpagewinnr',
+    params = { { 'tabarg', 'integer' }, { 'arg', "'$'|'#'" } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'tabpagewinnr({tabarg} [, {arg}])',
+  },
+  tagfiles = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| with the file names used to search for tags
+      for the current buffer.  This is the 'tags' option expanded.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'tagfiles',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'string[]',
+    signature = 'tagfiles()',
+  },
+  taglist = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
+
+      If {filename} is passed it is used to prioritize the results
+      in the same way that |:tselect| does. See |tag-priority|.
+      {filename} should be the full path of the file.
+
+      Each list item is a dictionary with at least the following
+      entries:
+      	name		Name of the tag.
+      	filename	Name of the file where the tag is
+      			defined.  It is either relative to the
+      			current directory or a full path.
+      	cmd		Ex command used to locate the tag in
+      			the file.
+      	kind		Type of the tag.  The value for this
+      			entry depends on the language specific
+      			kind values.  Only available when
+      			using a tags file generated by
+      			Universal/Exuberant ctags or hdrtag.
+      	static		A file specific tag.  Refer to
+      			|static-tag| for more information.
+      More entries may be present, depending on the content of the
+      tags file: access, implementation, inherits and signature.
+      Refer to the ctags documentation for information about these
+      fields.  For C code the fields "struct", "class" and "enum"
+      may appear, they give the name of the entity the tag is
+      contained in.
+
+      The ex-command "cmd" can be either an ex search pattern, a
+      line number or a line number followed by a byte number.
+
+      If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
+
+      To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
+      used in {expr}.  This also make the function work faster.
+      Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information about the tag
+      search regular expression pattern.
+
+      Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
+      located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
+      the tags file generated by the different ctags tools.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'taglist',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'filename', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'taglist({expr} [, {filename}])',
+  },
+  tan = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the tangent of {expr}, measured in radians, as a |Float|
+      in the range [-inf, inf].
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo tan(10)
+      <	0.648361 >vim
+      	echo tan(-4.01)
+      <	-1.181502
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'tan',
+    name = 'tan',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
+    returns = 'number',
+    signature = 'tan({expr})',
+  },
+  tanh = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the hyperbolic tangent of {expr} as a |Float| in the
+      range [-1, 1].
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo tanh(0.5)
+      <	0.462117 >vim
+      	echo tanh(-1)
+      <	-0.761594
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'tanh',
+    name = 'tanh',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'number' } },
+    returns = 'number',
+    signature = 'tanh({expr})',
+  },
+  tempname = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Generates a (non-existent) filename located in the Nvim root
+      |tempdir|. Scripts can use the filename as a temporary file.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let tmpfile = tempname()
+      	exe "redir > " .. tmpfile
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'tempname',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'tempname()',
+  },
+  termopen = {
+    args = { 1, 2 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Spawns {cmd} in a new pseudo-terminal session connected
+      to the current (unmodified) buffer. Parameters and behavior
+      are the same as |jobstart()| except "pty", "width", "height",
+      and "TERM" are ignored: "height" and "width" are taken from
+      the current window. Note that termopen() implies a "pty" arg
+      to jobstart(), and thus has the implications documented at
+      |jobstart()|.
+
+      Returns the same values as jobstart().
+
+      Terminal environment is initialized as in |jobstart-env|,
+      except $TERM is set to "xterm-256color". Full behavior is
+      described in |terminal|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'termopen',
+    params = { { 'cmd', 'any' }, { 'opts', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'termopen({cmd} [, {opts}])',
+  },
+  test_garbagecollect_now = {
+    args = 0,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like |garbagecollect()|, but executed right away.  This must
+      only be called directly to avoid any structure to exist
+      internally, and |v:testing| must have been set before calling
+      any function.
+    ]=],
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'test_garbagecollect_now()',
+    lua = false,
+  },
+  test_write_list_log = {
+    args = 1,
+    params = { { 'fname', 'string' } },
+    signature = '',
+    lua = false,
+  },
+  timer_info = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a list with information about timers.
+      When {id} is given only information about this timer is
+      returned.  When timer {id} does not exist an empty list is
+      returned.
+      When {id} is omitted information about all timers is returned.
+
+      For each timer the information is stored in a |Dictionary| with
+      these items:
+          "id"	    the timer ID
+          "time"	    time the timer was started with
+          "repeat"	    number of times the timer will still fire;
+      		    -1 means forever
+          "callback"	    the callback
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'timer_info',
+    params = { { 'id', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'timer_info([{id}])',
+  },
+  timer_pause = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Pause or unpause a timer.  A paused timer does not invoke its
+      callback when its time expires.  Unpausing a timer may cause
+      the callback to be invoked almost immediately if enough time
+      has passed.
+
+      Pausing a timer is useful to avoid the callback to be called
+      for a short time.
+
+      If {paused} evaluates to a non-zero Number or a non-empty
+      String, then the timer is paused, otherwise it is unpaused.
+      See |non-zero-arg|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'timer_pause',
+    params = { { 'timer', 'any' }, { 'paused', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'timer_pause({timer}, {paused})',
+  },
+  timer_start = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'timer' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Create a timer and return the timer ID.
+
+      {time} is the waiting time in milliseconds. This is the
+      minimum time before invoking the callback.  When the system is
+      busy or Vim is not waiting for input the time will be longer.
+      Zero can be used to execute the callback when Vim is back in
+      the main loop.
+
+      {callback} is the function to call.  It can be the name of a
+      function or a |Funcref|.  It is called with one argument, which
+      is the timer ID.  The callback is only invoked when Vim is
+      waiting for input.
+
+      {options} is a dictionary.  Supported entries:
+         "repeat"	Number of times to repeat the callback.
+      		-1 means forever.  Default is 1.
+      		If the timer causes an error three times in a
+      		row the repeat is cancelled.
+
+      Returns -1 on error.
+
+      Example: >vim
+      	func MyHandler(timer)
+      	  echo 'Handler called'
+      	endfunc
+      	let timer = timer_start(500, 'MyHandler',
+      		\ {'repeat': 3})
+      <This invokes MyHandler() three times at 500 msec intervals.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'timer_start',
+    params = { { 'time', 'any' }, { 'callback', 'any' }, { 'options', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'timer_start({time}, {callback} [, {options}])',
+  },
+  timer_stop = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Stop a timer.  The timer callback will no longer be invoked.
+      {timer} is an ID returned by timer_start(), thus it must be a
+      Number.  If {timer} does not exist there is no error.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'timer_stop',
+    params = { { 'timer', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'timer_stop({timer})',
+  },
+  timer_stopall = {
+    args = 0,
+    desc = [=[
+      Stop all timers.  The timer callbacks will no longer be
+      invoked.  Useful if some timers is misbehaving.  If there are
+      no timers there is no error.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'timer_stopall',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'timer_stopall()',
+  },
+  tolower = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
+      characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
+      the string).  Returns an empty string on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'tolower',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'tolower({expr})',
+  },
+  toupper = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase
+      characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to
+      the string).  Returns an empty string on error.
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'toupper',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'toupper({expr})',
+  },
+  tr = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters
+      which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that
+      position in the {tostr} string.  Thus the first character in
+      {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr}
+      and so on.  Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
+      This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.
+
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
+      <returns "Hello THere" >vim
+      	echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
+      <returns "{blob}"
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'tr',
+    params = { { 'src', 'string' }, { 'fromstr', 'string' }, { 'tostr', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr})',
+  },
+  trim = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return {text} as a String where any character in {mask} is
+      removed from the beginning and/or end of {text}.
+
+      If {mask} is not given, or is an empty string, {mask} is all
+      characters up to 0x20, which includes Tab, space, NL and CR,
+      plus the non-breaking space character 0xa0.
+
+      The optional {dir} argument specifies where to remove the
+      characters:
+      	0	remove from the beginning and end of {text}
+      	1	remove only at the beginning of {text}
+      	2	remove only at the end of {text}
+      When omitted both ends are trimmed.
+
+      This function deals with multibyte characters properly.
+      Returns an empty string on error.
+
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo trim("   some text ")
+      <returns "some text" >vim
+      	echo trim("  \r\t\t\r RESERVE \t\n\x0B\xA0") .. "_TAIL"
+      <returns "RESERVE_TAIL" >vim
+      	echo trim("rm<Xrm<>X>rrm", "rm<>")
+      <returns "Xrm<>X" (characters in the middle are not removed) >vim
+      	echo trim("  vim  ", " ", 2)
+      <returns "  vim"
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'trim',
+    params = { { 'text', 'any' }, { 'mask', 'string' }, { 'dir', '0|1|2' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'trim({text} [, {mask} [, {dir}]])',
+  },
+  trunc = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the largest integral value with magnitude less than or
+      equal to {expr} as a |Float| (truncate towards zero).
+      {expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Returns 0.0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo trunc(1.456)
+      <	1.0  >vim
+      	echo trunc(-5.456)
+      <	-5.0  >vim
+      	echo trunc(4.0)
+      <	4.0
+
+    ]=],
+    float_func = 'trunc',
+    name = 'trunc',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'trunc({expr})',
+  },
+  type = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number representing the type of {expr}.
+      Instead of using the number directly, it is better to use the
+      v:t_ variable that has the value:
+      	Number:	    0  |v:t_number|
+      	String:	    1  |v:t_string|
+      	Funcref:    2  |v:t_func|
+      	List:	    3  |v:t_list|
+      	Dictionary: 4  |v:t_dict|
+      	Float:	    5  |v:t_float|
+      	Boolean:    6  |v:t_bool| (|v:false| and |v:true|)
+      	Null:	    7  (|v:null|)
+      	Blob:	   10  |v:t_blob|
+      For backward compatibility, this method can be used: >vim
+      	if type(myvar) == type(0) | endif
+      	if type(myvar) == type("") | endif
+      	if type(myvar) == type(function("tr")) | endif
+      	if type(myvar) == type([]) | endif
+      	if type(myvar) == type({}) | endif
+      	if type(myvar) == type(0.0) | endif
+      	if type(myvar) == type(v:true) | endif
+      <In place of checking for |v:null| type it is better to check
+      for |v:null| directly as it is the only value of this type: >vim
+      	if myvar is v:null | endif
+      <To check if the v:t_ variables exist use this: >vim
+      	if exists('v:t_number') | endif
+
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'type',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'type({expr})',
+  },
+  undofile = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the name of the undo file that would be used for a file
+      with name {name} when writing.  This uses the 'undodir'
+      option, finding directories that exist.  It does not check if
+      the undo file exists.
+      {name} is always expanded to the full path, since that is what
+      is used internally.
+      If {name} is empty undofile() returns an empty string, since a
+      buffer without a file name will not write an undo file.
+      Useful in combination with |:wundo| and |:rundo|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'undofile',
+    params = { { 'name', 'string' } },
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'undofile({name})',
+  },
+  undotree = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the current state of the undo tree for the current
+      buffer, or for a specific buffer if {buf} is given.  The
+      result is a dictionary with the following items:
+        "seq_last"	The highest undo sequence number used.
+        "seq_cur"	The sequence number of the current position in
+      		the undo tree.  This differs from "seq_last"
+      		when some changes were undone.
+        "time_cur"	Time last used for |:earlier| and related
+      		commands.  Use |strftime()| to convert to
+      		something readable.
+        "save_last"	Number of the last file write.  Zero when no
+      		write yet.
+        "save_cur"	Number of the current position in the undo
+      		tree.
+        "synced"	Non-zero when the last undo block was synced.
+      		This happens when waiting from input from the
+      		user.  See |undo-blocks|.
+        "entries"	A list of dictionaries with information about
+      		undo blocks.
+
+      The first item in the "entries" list is the oldest undo item.
+      Each List item is a |Dictionary| with these items:
+        "seq"		Undo sequence number.  Same as what appears in
+      		|:undolist|.
+        "time"	Timestamp when the change happened.  Use
+      		|strftime()| to convert to something readable.
+        "newhead"	Only appears in the item that is the last one
+      		that was added.  This marks the last change
+      		and where further changes will be added.
+        "curhead"	Only appears in the item that is the last one
+      		that was undone.  This marks the current
+      		position in the undo tree, the block that will
+      		be used by a redo command.  When nothing was
+      		undone after the last change this item will
+      		not appear anywhere.
+        "save"	Only appears on the last block before a file
+      		write.  The number is the write count.  The
+      		first write has number 1, the last one the
+      		"save_last" mentioned above.
+        "alt"		Alternate entry.  This is again a List of undo
+      		blocks.  Each item may again have an "alt"
+      		item.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'undotree',
+    params = { { 'buf', 'integer|string' } },
+    signature = 'undotree([{buf}])',
+  },
+  uniq = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    tags = { 'E882' },
+    desc = [=[
+      Remove second and succeeding copies of repeated adjacent
+      {list} items in-place.  Returns {list}.  If you want a list
+      to remain unmodified make a copy first: >vim
+      	let newlist = uniq(copy(mylist))
+      <The default compare function uses the string representation of
+      each item.  For the use of {func} and {dict} see |sort()|.
+
+      Returns zero if {list} is not a |List|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'uniq',
+    params = { { 'list', 'any' }, { 'func', 'any' }, { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'any[]|0',
+    signature = 'uniq({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])',
+  },
+  utf16idx = {
+    args = { 2, 4 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Same as |charidx()| but returns the UTF-16 code unit index of
+      the byte at {idx} in {string} (after converting it to UTF-16).
+
+      When {charidx} is present and TRUE, {idx} is used as the
+      character index in the String {string} instead of as the byte
+      index.
+      An {idx} in the middle of a UTF-8 sequence is rounded
+      downwards to the beginning of that sequence.
+
+      Returns -1 if the arguments are invalid or if there are less
+      than {idx} bytes in {string}. If there are exactly {idx} bytes
+      the length of the string in UTF-16 code units is returned.
+
+      See |byteidx()| and |byteidxcomp()| for getting the byte index
+      from the UTF-16 index and |charidx()| for getting the
+      character index from the UTF-16 index.
+      Refer to |string-offset-encoding| for more information.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 3)	" returns 2
+      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 7)	" returns 4
+      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 1, 0, 1)	" returns 2
+      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 2, 0, 1)	" returns 4
+      	echo utf16idx('aą́c', 6)		" returns 2
+      	echo utf16idx('aą́c', 6, 1)	" returns 4
+      	echo utf16idx('a😊😊', 9)	" returns -1
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'utf16idx',
+    params = {
+      { 'string', 'string' },
+      { 'idx', 'integer' },
+      { 'countcc', 'any' },
+      { 'charidx', 'any' },
+    },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'utf16idx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc} [, {charidx}]])',
+  },
+  values = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a |List| with all the values of {dict}.  The |List| is
+      in arbitrary order.  Also see |items()| and |keys()|.
+      Returns zero if {dict} is not a |Dict|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'values',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'values({dict})',
+  },
+  virtcol = {
+    args = { 1, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file
+      position given with {expr}.  That is, the last screen position
+      occupied by the character at that position, when the screen
+      would be of unlimited width.  When there is a <Tab> at the
+      position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
+      the <Tab>.  For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
+      set to 8, it returns 8. |conceal| is ignored.
+      For the byte position use |col()|.
+
+      For the use of {expr} see |col()|.
+
+      When 'virtualedit' is used {expr} can be [lnum, col, off],
+      where "off" is the offset in screen columns from the start of
+      the character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the
+      last character.  When "off" is omitted zero is used.  When
+      Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
+      beyond the end of the line can be returned.  Also see
+      |'virtualedit'|
+
+      The accepted positions are:
+          .	    the cursor position
+          $	    the end of the cursor line (the result is the
+      	    number of displayed characters in the cursor line
+      	    plus one)
+          'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
+      	    returned)
+          v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+      	    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+      	    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+      	    that it's updated right away.
+
+      If {list} is present and non-zero then virtcol() returns a
+      List with the first and last screen position occupied by the
+      character.
+
+      With the optional {winid} argument the values are obtained for
+      that window instead of the current window.
+
+      Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	" With text "foo^Lbar" and cursor on the "^L":
+
+      	echo virtcol(".")	" returns 5
+      	echo virtcol(".", 1)	" returns [4, 5]
+      	echo virtcol("$")	" returns 9
+
+      	" With text "	  there", with 't at 'h':
+
+      	echo virtcol("'t")	" returns 6
+      <The first column is 1.  0 or [0, 0] is returned for an error.
+      A more advanced example that echoes the maximum length of
+      all lines: >vim
+          echo max(map(range(1, line('$')), "virtcol([v:val, '$'])"))
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'virtcol',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'list', 'any' }, { 'winid', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'virtcol({expr} [, {list} [, {winid}]])',
+  },
+  virtcol2col = {
+    args = 3,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the
+      character in window {winid} at buffer line {lnum} and virtual
+      column {col}.
+
+      If buffer line {lnum} is an empty line, 0 is returned.
+
+      If {col} is greater than the last virtual column in line
+      {lnum}, then the byte index of the character at the last
+      virtual column is returned.
+
+      For a multi-byte character, the column number of the first
+      byte in the character is returned.
+
+      The {winid} argument can be the window number or the
+      |window-ID|. If this is zero, then the current window is used.
+
+      Returns -1 if the window {winid} doesn't exist or the buffer
+      line {lnum} or virtual column {col} is invalid.
+
+      See also |screenpos()|, |virtcol()| and |col()|.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'virtcol2col',
+    params = { { 'winid', 'integer' }, { 'lnum', 'integer' }, { 'col', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'virtcol2col({winid}, {lnum}, {col})',
+  },
+  visualmode = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode
+      used in the current buffer.  Initially it returns an empty
+      string, but once Visual mode has been used, it returns "v",
+      "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a single CTRL-V character) for
+      character-wise, line-wise, or block-wise Visual mode
+      respectively.
+      Example: >vim
+      	exe "normal " .. visualmode()
+      <This enters the same Visual mode as before.  It is also useful
+      in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
+      Visual mode that was used.
+      If Visual mode is active, use |mode()| to get the Visual mode
+      (e.g., in a |:vmap|).
+      If {expr} is supplied and it evaluates to a non-zero Number or
+      a non-empty String, then the Visual mode will be cleared and
+      the old value is returned.  See |non-zero-arg|.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'visualmode',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'visualmode([{expr}])',
+  },
+  wait = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    desc = [=[
+      Waits until {condition} evaluates to |TRUE|, where {condition}
+      is a |Funcref| or |string| containing an expression.
+
+      {timeout} is the maximum waiting time in milliseconds, -1
+      means forever.
+
+      Condition is evaluated on user events, internal events, and
+      every {interval} milliseconds (default: 200).
+
+      Returns a status integer:
+      	0 if the condition was satisfied before timeout
+      	-1 if the timeout was exceeded
+      	-2 if the function was interrupted (by |CTRL-C|)
+      	-3 if an error occurred
+    ]=],
+    name = 'wait',
+    params = { { 'timeout', 'integer' }, { 'condition', 'any' }, { 'interval', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'wait({timeout}, {condition} [, {interval}])',
+  },
+  wildmenumode = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns |TRUE| when the wildmenu is active and |FALSE|
+      otherwise.  See 'wildmenu' and 'wildmode'.
+      This can be used in mappings to handle the 'wildcharm' option
+      gracefully. (Makes only sense with |mapmode-c| mappings).
+
+      For example to make <c-j> work like <down> in wildmode, use: >vim
+          cnoremap <expr> <C-j> wildmenumode() ? "\<Down>\<Tab>" : "\<c-j>"
+      <
+      (Note, this needs the 'wildcharm' option set appropriately).
+    ]=],
+    name = 'wildmenumode',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'wildmenumode()',
+  },
+  win_execute = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 2,
+    desc = [=[
+      Like `execute()` but in the context of window {id}.
+      The window will temporarily be made the current window,
+      without triggering autocommands or changing directory.  When
+      executing {command} autocommands will be triggered, this may
+      have unexpected side effects.  Use `:noautocmd` if needed.
+      Example: >vim
+      	call win_execute(winid, 'syntax enable')
+      <Doing the same with `setwinvar()` would not trigger
+      autocommands and not actually show syntax highlighting.
+
+      When window {id} does not exist then no error is given and
+      an empty string is returned.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_execute',
+    params = { { 'id', 'any' }, { 'command', 'any' }, { 'silent', 'boolean' } },
+    signature = 'win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])',
+  },
+  win_findbuf = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |List| with |window-ID|s for windows that contain
+      buffer {bufnr}.  When there is none the list is empty.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_findbuf',
+    params = { { 'bufnr', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer[]',
+    signature = 'win_findbuf({bufnr})',
+  },
+  win_getid = {
+    args = { 0, 2 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Get the |window-ID| for the specified window.
+      When {win} is missing use the current window.
+      With {win} this is the window number.  The top window has
+      number 1.
+      Without {tab} use the current tab, otherwise the tab with
+      number {tab}.  The first tab has number one.
+      Return zero if the window cannot be found.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_getid',
+    params = { { 'win', 'any' }, { 'tab', 'any' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'win_getid([{win} [, {tab}]])',
+  },
+  win_gettype = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the type of the window:
+      	"autocmd"	autocommand window. Temporary window
+      			used to execute autocommands.
+      	"command"	command-line window |cmdwin|
+      	(empty)		normal window
+      	"loclist"	|location-list-window|
+      	"popup"		floating window |api-floatwin|
+      	"preview"	preview window |preview-window|
+      	"quickfix"	|quickfix-window|
+      	"unknown"	window {nr} not found
+
+      When {nr} is omitted return the type of the current window.
+      When {nr} is given return the type of this window by number or
+      |window-ID|.
+
+      Also see the 'buftype' option.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_gettype',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
+    returns = "'autocmd'|'command'|''|'loclist'|'popup'|'preview'|'quickfix'|'unknown'",
+    signature = 'win_gettype([{nr}])',
+  },
+  win_gotoid = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Go to window with ID {expr}.  This may also change the current
+      tabpage.
+      Return TRUE if successful, FALSE if the window cannot be found.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_gotoid',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    returns = '0|1',
+    signature = 'win_gotoid({expr})',
+  },
+  win_id2tabwin = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return a list with the tab number and window number of window
+      with ID {expr}: [tabnr, winnr].
+      Return [0, 0] if the window cannot be found.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_id2tabwin',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'win_id2tabwin({expr})',
+  },
+  win_id2win = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the window number of window with ID {expr}.
+      Return 0 if the window cannot be found in the current tabpage.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_id2win',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'win_id2win({expr})',
+  },
+  win_move_separator = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Move window {nr}'s vertical separator (i.e., the right border)
+      by {offset} columns, as if being dragged by the mouse. {nr}
+      can be a window number or |window-ID|. A positive {offset}
+      moves right and a negative {offset} moves left. Moving a
+      window's vertical separator will change the width of the
+      window and the width of other windows adjacent to the vertical
+      separator. The magnitude of movement may be smaller than
+      specified (e.g., as a consequence of maintaining
+      'winminwidth'). Returns TRUE if the window can be found and
+      FALSE otherwise.
+      This will fail for the rightmost window and a full-width
+      window, since it has no separator on the right.
+      Only works for the current tab page. *E1308*
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_move_separator',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'offset', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'win_move_separator({nr}, {offset})',
+  },
+  win_move_statusline = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Move window {nr}'s status line (i.e., the bottom border) by
+      {offset} rows, as if being dragged by the mouse. {nr} can be a
+      window number or |window-ID|. A positive {offset} moves down
+      and a negative {offset} moves up. Moving a window's status
+      line will change the height of the window and the height of
+      other windows adjacent to the status line. The magnitude of
+      movement may be smaller than specified (e.g., as a consequence
+      of maintaining 'winminheight'). Returns TRUE if the window can
+      be found and FALSE otherwise.
+      Only works for the current tab page.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_move_statusline',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'offset', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'win_move_statusline({nr}, {offset})',
+  },
+  win_screenpos = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Return the screen position of window {nr} as a list with two
+      numbers: [row, col].  The first window always has position
+      [1, 1], unless there is a tabline, then it is [2, 1].
+      {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.  Use zero
+      for the current window.
+      Returns [0, 0] if the window cannot be found in the current
+      tabpage.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_screenpos',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'win_screenpos({nr})',
+  },
+  win_splitmove = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Move the window {nr} to a new split of the window {target}.
+      This is similar to moving to {target}, creating a new window
+      using |:split| but having the same contents as window {nr}, and
+      then closing {nr}.
+
+      Both {nr} and {target} can be window numbers or |window-ID|s.
+      Both must be in the current tab page.
+
+      Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+
+      {options} is a |Dictionary| with the following optional entries:
+        "vertical"	When TRUE, the split is created vertically,
+      		like with |:vsplit|.
+        "rightbelow"	When TRUE, the split is made below or to the
+      		right (if vertical).  When FALSE, it is done
+      		above or to the left (if vertical).  When not
+      		present, the values of 'splitbelow' and
+      		'splitright' are used.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'win_splitmove',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' }, { 'target', 'any' }, { 'options', 'table' } },
+    signature = 'win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])',
+  },
+  winbufnr = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
+      associated with window {nr}.  {nr} can be the window number or
+      the |window-ID|.
+      When {nr} is zero, the number of the buffer in the current
+      window is returned.
+      When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
+      Example: >vim
+        echo "The file in the current window is " .. bufname(winbufnr(0))
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'winbufnr',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'winbufnr({nr})',
+  },
+  wincol = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
+      cursor in the window.  This is counting screen cells from the
+      left side of the window.  The leftmost column is one.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'wincol',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'wincol()',
+  },
+  windowsversion = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a String.  For MS-Windows it indicates the OS
+      version.  E.g, Windows 10 is "10.0", Windows 8 is "6.2",
+      Windows XP is "5.1".  For non-MS-Windows systems the result is
+      an empty string.
+    ]=],
+    fast = true,
+    name = 'windowsversion',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'string',
+    signature = 'windowsversion()',
+  },
+  winheight = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
+      {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+      When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is
+      returned.  When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
+      An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
+      This excludes any window toolbar line.
+      Examples: >vim
+        echo "The current window has " .. winheight(0) .. " lines."
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'winheight',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'winheight({nr})',
+  },
+  winlayout = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a nested List containing the layout of windows
+      in a tabpage.
+
+      Without {tabnr} use the current tabpage, otherwise the tabpage
+      with number {tabnr}. If the tabpage {tabnr} is not found,
+      returns an empty list.
+
+      For a leaf window, it returns: >
+      	["leaf", {winid}]
+      <
+      For horizontally split windows, which form a column, it
+      returns: >
+      	["col", [{nested list of windows}]]
+      <For vertically split windows, which form a row, it returns: >
+      	["row", [{nested list of windows}]]
+      <
+      Example: >vim
+      	" Only one window in the tab page
+      	echo winlayout()
+      < >
+      	['leaf', 1000]
+      < >vim
+      	" Two horizontally split windows
+      	echo winlayout()
+      < >
+      	['col', [['leaf', 1000], ['leaf', 1001]]]
+      < >vim
+      	" The second tab page, with three horizontally split
+      	" windows, with two vertically split windows in the
+      	" middle window
+      	echo winlayout(2)
+      < >
+      	['col', [['leaf', 1002], ['row', [['leaf', 1003],
+      			    ['leaf', 1001]]], ['leaf', 1000]]]
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'winlayout',
+    params = { { 'tabnr', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'winlayout([{tabnr}])',
+  },
+  winline = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
+      in the window.  This is counting screen lines from the top of
+      the window.  The first line is one.
+      If the cursor was moved the view on the file will be updated
+      first, this may cause a scroll.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'winline',
+    params = {},
+    returns = 'integer',
+    signature = 'winline()',
+  },
+  winnr = {
+    args = { 0, 1 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
+      window.  The top window has number 1.
+      Returns zero for a popup window.
+
+      The optional argument {arg} supports the following values:
+      	$	the number of the last window (the window
+      		count).
+      	#	the number of the last accessed window (where
+      		|CTRL-W_p| goes to).  If there is no previous
+      		window or it is in another tab page 0 is
+      		returned.
+      	{N}j	the number of the Nth window below the
+      		current window (where |CTRL-W_j| goes to).
+      	{N}k	the number of the Nth window above the current
+      		window (where |CTRL-W_k| goes to).
+      	{N}h	the number of the Nth window left of the
+      		current window (where |CTRL-W_h| goes to).
+      	{N}l	the number of the Nth window right of the
+      		current window (where |CTRL-W_l| goes to).
+      The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
+      |:wincmd|.
+      When {arg} is invalid an error is given and zero is returned.
+      Also see |tabpagewinnr()| and |win_getid()|.
+      Examples: >vim
+      	let window_count = winnr('$')
+      	let prev_window = winnr('#')
+      	let wnum = winnr('3k')
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'winnr',
+    params = { { 'arg', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'winnr([{arg}])',
+  },
+  winrestcmd = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
+      the current window sizes.  Only works properly when no windows
+      are opened or closed and the current window and tab page is
+      unchanged.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let cmd = winrestcmd()
+      	call MessWithWindowSizes()
+      	exe cmd
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'winrestcmd',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'winrestcmd()',
+  },
+  winrestview = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Uses the |Dictionary| returned by |winsaveview()| to restore
+      the view of the current window.
+      Note: The {dict} does not have to contain all values, that are
+      returned by |winsaveview()|. If values are missing, those
+      settings won't be restored. So you can use: >vim
+          call winrestview({'curswant': 4})
+      <
+      This will only set the curswant value (the column the cursor
+      wants to move on vertical movements) of the cursor to column 5
+      (yes, that is 5), while all other settings will remain the
+      same. This is useful, if you set the cursor position manually.
+
+      If you have changed the values the result is unpredictable.
+      If the window size changed the result won't be the same.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'winrestview',
+    params = { { 'dict', 'vim.fn.winrestview.dict' } },
+    signature = 'winrestview({dict})',
+  },
+  winsaveview = {
+    desc = [=[
+      Returns a |Dictionary| that contains information to restore
+      the view of the current window.  Use |winrestview()| to
+      restore the view.
+      This is useful if you have a mapping that jumps around in the
+      buffer and you want to go back to the original view.
+      This does not save fold information.  Use the 'foldenable'
+      option to temporarily switch off folding, so that folds are
+      not opened when moving around. This may have side effects.
+      The return value includes:
+      	lnum		cursor line number
+      	col		cursor column (Note: the first column
+      			zero, as opposed to what |getcurpos()|
+      			returns)
+      	coladd		cursor column offset for 'virtualedit'
+      	curswant	column for vertical movement (Note:
+      			the first column is zero, as opposed
+      			to what |getcurpos()| returns).  After
+      			|$| command it will be a very large
+      			number equal to |v:maxcol|.
+      	topline		first line in the window
+      	topfill		filler lines, only in diff mode
+      	leftcol		first column displayed; only used when
+      			'wrap' is off
+      	skipcol		columns skipped
+      Note that no option values are saved.
+    ]=],
+    name = 'winsaveview',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'winsaveview()',
+    returns = 'vim.fn.winsaveview.ret'
+  },
+  winwidth = {
+    args = 1,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}.
+      {nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
+      When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is
+      returned.  When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
+      An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
+      Examples: >vim
+        echo "The current window has " .. winwidth(0) .. " columns."
+        if winwidth(0) <= 50
+          50 wincmd |
+        endif
+      <For getting the terminal or screen size, see the 'columns'
+      option.
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'winwidth',
+    params = { { 'nr', 'integer' } },
+    signature = 'winwidth({nr})',
+  },
+  wordcount = {
+    desc = [=[
+      The result is a dictionary of byte/chars/word statistics for
+      the current buffer.  This is the same info as provided by
+      |g_CTRL-G|
+      The return value includes:
+      	bytes		Number of bytes in the buffer
+      	chars		Number of chars in the buffer
+      	words		Number of words in the buffer
+      	cursor_bytes    Number of bytes before cursor position
+      			(not in Visual mode)
+      	cursor_chars    Number of chars before cursor position
+      			(not in Visual mode)
+      	cursor_words    Number of words before cursor position
+      			(not in Visual mode)
+      	visual_bytes    Number of bytes visually selected
+      			(only in Visual mode)
+      	visual_chars    Number of chars visually selected
+      			(only in Visual mode)
+      	visual_words    Number of words visually selected
+      			(only in Visual mode)
+    ]=],
+    name = 'wordcount',
+    params = {},
+    signature = 'wordcount()',
+  },
+  writefile = {
+    args = { 2, 3 },
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      When {object} is a |List| write it to file {fname}.  Each list
+      item is separated with a NL.  Each list item must be a String
+      or Number.
+      All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
+      Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
+      to writefile().
+
+      When {object} is a |Blob| write the bytes to file {fname}
+      unmodified, also when binary mode is not specified.
+
+      {flags} must be a String.  These characters are recognized:
+
+      'b'  Binary mode is used: There will not be a NL after the
+           last list item.  An empty item at the end does cause the
+           last line in the file to end in a NL.
+
+      'a'  Append mode is used, lines are appended to the file: >vim
+      	call writefile(["foo"], "event.log", "a")
+      	call writefile(["bar"], "event.log", "a")
+      <
+      'D'  Delete the file when the current function ends.  This
+           works like: >vim
+      	defer delete({fname})
+      <     Fails when not in a function.  Also see |:defer|.
+
+      's'  fsync() is called after writing the file.  This flushes
+           the file to disk, if possible.  This takes more time but
+           avoids losing the file if the system crashes.
+
+      'S'  fsync() is not called, even when 'fsync' is set.
+
+           When {flags} does not contain "S" or "s" then fsync() is
+           called if the 'fsync' option is set.
+
+      An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
+
+      When the write fails -1 is returned, otherwise 0.  There is an
+      error message if the file can't be created or when writing
+      fails.
+
+      Also see |readfile()|.
+      To copy a file byte for byte: >vim
+      	let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
+      	call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
+
+    ]=],
+    name = 'writefile',
+    params = { { 'object', 'any' }, { 'fname', 'string' }, { 'flags', 'string' } },
+    signature = 'writefile({object}, {fname} [, {flags}])',
+  },
+  xor = {
+    args = 2,
+    base = 1,
+    desc = [=[
+      Bitwise XOR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
+      to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
+      Also see `and()` and `or()`.
+      Example: >vim
+      	let bits = xor(bits, 0x80)
+      <
+    ]=],
+    name = 'xor',
+    params = { { 'expr', 'any' }, { 'expr', 'any' } },
+    signature = 'xor({expr}, {expr})',
   },
 }
+
+return M